Home

WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User`s Manual Version 7

1. Next see what happens when you drill down in the Location dimension in this case on a value of Store Name in the second column of the report When you drill down on a dimension column other than the first output is affected to the right and left of that column 4 Click the Back button in the browser to return to the monthly report then click AV VideoTown in the second column Since Store Name is the lowest level in its dimension the Store Name column no longer appears nor does the Time Period column to its left Nevertheless both the store name AV VideoTown and the current time period January set the context for the information you see which now consists of types of products sold quantity sold and line cost of sold goods for AV VideoTown in January as shown in the following image 2j PRODTYPE E Quantity E Line Cost Of Goods Sold Analog 147 35 280 00 Digital 1 426 299 504 00 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 151 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures Example 152 Drill Down on Measures in Reports By drilling down on a measure you expose the next level of detailed information associated with that measure for each displayed dimension in the hierarchy In other words when you drill down on a measure the current dimension is used as a limiting criterion The rest of the hierarchy is then expanded based on that limitation Remember that a measure contains quantitative information abo
2. ccccceecseceececeecseeeeceeceeeesseeseeeeseesaes 112 Deferred Report Status Interface FEatureS cccccccccceesececeeeeeeceeeececeeeeceeeeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeeaees 113 Sort Controls for the Deferred Report Status Interface cccceececeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenens 113 Deferred Report Status wcciiccucsandthcvaseiedancaseevacanehcnscvshcaauiepaustvepsaiiedebcawendSwaundbedasestane 114 Deferred Report Expiration Setting ccccccccceceeceeceececceeceeeeceeeneceeceesesueseeseseesaees 117 Saved Deferred Output Subject to Temporary Expiration ccccscceccecceeseeeeeeeeeeeees 117 Special Behavior for Sorting by WebFOCUS Reporting Server User ID 0c000008s 118 Setting the Automatic Refresh INterval cccccccccececcececeeeececeesececueseceeceseseesesesenees 119 Viewing Deferred REports cccccccscceececceecececceesecueceeceecueseeaesueaesueceesassueseesesensaees 119 Reviewing Deferred Report ParaMetelss ccccceccececceeceeceececcecceceeeueceeseeauseeseseesaneas 120 Saving Deferred REPOMts 0 5 5 cccsccccceeee ec eneeceueeeececetenccueeeseeesertuseeecsecaeenseeesceeneaecnens 122 Deleting Tickets for All Report Status TyPeS ccccccecececcececeeceeeeeeceeeeseseeeeseseeeesees 124 Deferred Status Delete Confirmation MESSAGES cccccecceceeceeceeceeceeceseeceeseseeeaees 125 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report ssss 127 We Do It E
3. Infarmation Builders WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Version 7 Release 7 03 DN4501010 0511 Active Technologies EDA EDA SQL FIDEL FOCUS Information Builders the Information Builders logo iWay iWay Software Parlay PC FOCUS RStat Table Talk Web390 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Active Technologies and WebFOCUS Magnify are registered trademarks and DataMigrator and Hyperstage are trademarks of Information Builders Inc Adobe the Adobe logo Acrobat Adobe Reader Flash Adobe Flash Builder Flex and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Due to the nature of this material this document refers to numerous hardware and software products by their trademarks In most if not all cases these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks by their respective companies It is not this publisher s intent to use any of these names generically The reader is therefore cautioned to investigate all claimed trademark rights before using any of these names other than to refer to the product described Copyright 2012 by Information Builders Inc and iWay Software All rights reserved Patent Pending This manual or parts thereof may not be reproduced in any form without the written permission of Information Builders Inc WebFOCUS Contents PV GT ACG issenscsncncesctensensasasscnnssecsusucunssunucteusenscisusce
4. 4 If there is no entry for the server in the WebFOCUS client configuration the message recommends deletion and indicates that the specific WebFOCUS server is not defined in the WebFOCUS client configuration file as shown in the following image Microsoft Internet Explorer 4re you sure you want to delete Deferred report entry Tuesday August 15 2006 4 09 49 PM Graphing Options Recommended as the server SR V1 is not defined in WebFOCUS client configuration file i Cancel Each of the deletion confirmation messages also displays the date and time the deferred report was submitted and the description that is displayed in the Deferred Status Interface 126 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report WebFOCUS Online Analytical Processing OLAP enables you to view and quickly analyze data in order to make critical business decisions WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 127 We Do It Every Day Typical Web Query We Do It Every Day Typical Web Query In this section Running OLAP Examples Suppose that you own a small business in New York and are exploring a partnership with a company in Oakland California You need to get to a Monday morning meeting How do you go about arranging your flight Most likely you go online First you check available flights on the airline that holds your frequent flyer miles You discover that your frequent flyer carrier requires a change of planes an
5. Help j gt Ok P Cancel 6 Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane 7 Repeat step 3 but click Values under Continent and choose AMERICAS then click OK 198 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The selected values now appear in the drop down lists in the Selection Criteria pane as shown in the following image Zj WebFOCUS OLAP Microsoft Internet E _ 10 x Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help bua eee 21x Za Dimensions Click a Box to Add Q O AGA pee Geographic rea Address jE http localhost 8080 ibi_apps WFS E Continent values E Region Values E Country Values C Continent Country gt Risk AMERICAS ARGENTINA BRAZIL Selection Criteria Continent z CANADA Americas sd Select GUATEMALA Region Zz HONDURAS y hselect MEXICO Country bd UNITED STATES HONG KONG ISRAEL JAPAN SAUDI ARABIA Show Selection Criteria in Report EUROPE CZECH REP Heading Footing Run save P Help Lok RNGT ANT 4 E Done m E E m z 3 Local intranet 8 Verify that you want to use the default operator then click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 199 Limiting Data The new report displays the data by Continent AMERICAS followed by Country as shown in the following image B Continent m Countryy jBIRI
6. The report is now sorted by quarter month store and product type as shown in the following image v Measures w Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name aE g M YEAR QUARTER MONTH Product Type Te O a a E a E Product Category Product Name J E P OLAP Pm Run j la Reset la Save j hiel Store QUARTER F MONTH Name Product Type Quantity Q1 01 AV VideoTown Analog 147 Digital 1 426 Audio Expert Analog 41 061 Digital 14 062 City Video Analog 4 097 Digital 1 382 Consumer Merchandise Analog 1 801 ee a acon Procedure How to Delete a Dimension Element From the Report Right click the dimension column you wish to remove and choose Delete from the menu The report runs automatically Example Deleting a Dimension Element From the Report Line Cost Of Goods Sold 35 280 00 299 504 00 2 281 228 00 3 432 741 00 199 968 00 339 594 00 369 868 00 nono ano The following is an example of deleting a dimension element from the report 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 Initially the report is sorted by quarter store and product type You wish to remove PRODTYPE as a sort category WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Adding and Removing Dimensions 242 2 Right click the PRODTYPE column and choose Delete from the menu as shown in the following image QUARTER at Store E Name AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Mercha
7. jE Al 7 Quantity QUARTER Line Cost Of Goods Sold Ea MONTH v all v Product Category Product Name Fall v an P DLAP op Run PP Reset PF Save Help Store QUARTER Name at AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise v Quantity 18 449 22 206 Product Type Analog Digital State a Ea E Line Cost Of Goods Sold 3 969 296 00 5 109 400 00 pR AAA S 16 467 146 00 Analog 78 Digital 5 Analog Digital Analog 449 983 25 092 678 00 1 315 015 00 1 607 513 00 1 542 036 00 Store Name Product Type 5 Click the Run button on the band below the Selections pane Only Quantity now appears as shown in the following image wv Measures w Graph Manufacturing Plant Store Name State a E z YEAR QUARTER MONTH Product Type All All w All w All hd Product Category All v Product Name All v eo oap Po Run P Reset P Save Help Store Name QUARTER Quantity 18 449 ital 2 20 Audio Expert nalo 8 44 Product Type Q1 AV videoTown nalo City Video Consumer Merchandise 236 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 6 Open the Measures control again and recheck Line Cost of Goods Sold as shown in the following image v v Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name g x v ity Vv Quanti
8. Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report In this section Stacking Measures Changing the Order of Measure Columns Hiding and Displaying Measures While you cannot add new measures to an OLAP report without returning to the original report request you can adjust the display of the measures in the report in several ways You can m m m m 226 Stack measures in rows Change the order of measure columns Hide and expose measures Add a column of data visualization bar graphs following any numeric measure WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Stacking Measures How to Display Stacked Measures When you have more than one measure in an OLAP report you can stack the measures in separate rows within the same column to reduce the width of the report You cannot apply data visualization bar graphs to stacked measures Procedure How to Display Stacked Measures 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Select the Stack Measures check pane to display measures in separate rows under one column 3 Click Run to execute your report Tip To restore the standard display deselect the Stack Measures check pane and rerun the report Example Displaying Stacked Measures The following is an example of displaying stacked measures 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP4 Initially this report is sorted vertically by Continent and Risk_Class and horizontally by Region and the measures Balance and CANADA_DOLLARS
9. Combo Player 4 Hd VCR DVD 1 166 404 00 1 610 364 00 443960 DVD Upgrade Unit for Cent VCR 754 909 00 1 080 769 00 325860 QX Portable CD Player 245 916 00 419 796 00 173880 R5 Micro Digital Tape Recorder 297 459 00 383 679 00 86220 ZC Digital PDA Standard 233 313 00 280 163 00 46850 ZT Digital PDA Commercial 1 376 805 00 1 968 555 00 591750 ay 261 Associating Bar Graphs With Measures Reference Display Modes in the OLAP Control Panel The Measures box from which you select a display mode is located in the lower right corner of the OLAP Control Panel as shown in the following image Drill Across Shift Up 4 x Remove L Region Shift Down E Drill Down L Continent Measures V Balance V CANADA DOLLAR I Stack Measures I Show Graph ae The state of each measure check box determines how the measure appears in the report output In this illustration I The COST and PRICE measures will appear in the report output check mark in the boxes 4 The Profit measure and its associated bar graph will appear in the report output Graph icon in the box Note that the Stack Measures option is inactive when a bar graph is applied to a measure 262 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Using the WebFOCUS Viewer The WebFOCUS Viewer uses the On demand Paging facility When On demand paging is enabled WebFOCUS saves the bulk of your report to your Web server and delivers one page of repo
10. O in j gt aa io M co M pas Line Costs of Goods Sold 20 219 520 30 91 674 678 17 6 510 895 46 10 969 794 12 31 055 188 11 916 536 57 102 058 543 38 18 345 929 62 84 822 692 51 4 895 360 24 11 587 998 18 21 618 209 99 1 645 453 76 89 247 496 62 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Procedure How to Delete a Dimension Element From the Control Panel 1 Select the element in the Drill Down or Drill Across pane The buttons above the pane become active 2 Click Remove xi The element is deleted from the Drill Down or Drill Across pane 3 Click Run to see the new report Example Deleting a Dimension Element From the Control Panel The following is an example of deleting a dimension element from the Control Panel 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 Initially the report is sorted by quarter store and product type You wish to remove PRODTYPE as a sort category 2 Click the square icon button next to QUARTER to open the Control Panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 243 Adding and Removing Dimensions 3 Select PRODTYPE in the Drill Down pane as shown in the following image Zj WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page 2 x Dimensions Click a Box to Add L gt Location L gt Time Period E YEAR Values E QUARTER Values E MONTH Values L Product Dimension xl Drill Across Shift Up T X Remove Pivot Drill Down Measures T QUARTER IZ Quantity
11. WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Example Submitting a Deferred Report Suppose you want to run a report computing salaries in the Sales Department while you continue to work on other Managed Reporting applications 1 Open the Corporate Personnel Information domain 2 Open the Sales Department group folder under the Standard Reports tab 3 Select Current Salary Report 4 Click Run Deferred on the toolbar The Deferred Report Notification window opens confirming that Current Salary has been successfully submitted for Deferred Receipt The following image shows the Deferred Report Notification window which contains the day date and time that the report has successfully been submitted for deferred execution information 7 NebFOCUS ee Friday August 06 2004 10 27 20 AM Current Salary Report has been successfully submitted for deferred execution 5 Close the Notification window to return to the Standard Reports tab 6 When you want to view Current Salary access the Deferred Report Status Interface by clicking Deferred Status For more information see Using the Deferred Report Status Interface on page 111 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 285 Running a Report The following image shows the Deferred Report Status window containing the day date and time displayed in the title bar To view report status you can use the Refresh button Sort By list box in ascending or des
12. limiting data 192 195 197 from Control Panel 197 from Selections pane 195 in OLAP reports 192 links 74 list block items 73 list blocks 28 93 98 103 105 adding items 103 325 Index list blocks continued deleting items 103 105 logging on to Dashboard 24 Logoff link 74 Logon link 74 low to high sort 159 160 161 162 166 for dimensions 166 for measures 159 160 161 162 M Managed Reporting 16 47 49 50 112 276 279 280 288 289 290 317 choosing domains 279 317 passwords 276 running reports 280 sharing reports 47 49 50 288 289 290 Managed Reporting Repository 115 122 Master Files 137 201 215 defining dimensions 137 201 specifying date formats 201 specifying values for DEFCENT and YRTHRESH 215 Maximize button 71 measure based sorting 159 162 163 164 165 ranking values 162 removing sorting criteria 165 measures 140 141 142 147 152 154 156 157 159 216 220 224 227 234 235 253 254 257 258 259 262 applying bar graphs to 253 257 259 262 bar graphs and 254 257 259 262 Control Panel properties box 224 deleting bar graphs from 258 displaying 257 dragging and dropping 142 drilling down on 147 152 154 156 exposing hidden 234 235 graphing 216 220 hiding 234 235 in different dimensions 156 157 326 measures continued NOPRINT 234 235 257 sorting 141 159 stacking 227 measures box 162 Measures check box 162 Measures control 145 19
13. 7 For each field in the file you imported you can select the field column heading and then edit the following attributes for that field 4 Field Name 4 Alias 4 Data Type 4 Format The default format for numeric fields is Double D12 2 For all other fields the default format is Alphanumeric A50 During reporting to ensure that you see all records and in the correct format adjust the field type and format based on your input data file Base the maximum value for Format on the maximum length of the fields in your input file If you change any of the attributes for a field click the Apply button to apply the changes and refresh the data As of 7703 a new data type supports Alpha Variable AnV data types The maximum length is 4093 characters and the default display value is 256 Note When you are selecting a format for Alphanumeric data types it may take a few seconds for the Format drop down list to appear 8 Once you have reviewed all fields enter a valid name in the File Name input box spaces are not allowed and use the Application Directory menu to select the location where the file should be created You must have write access to this location 9 Click Next to upload the file Three files are created in the selected Reporting Server Application 4 Master File Access File 4 Tab delimited data file TXT This file contains the data from the input file in a tab delimited format Note If a file with the same file
14. Delete X Help Refresh every seconds min 5 seconds Enable Refresh I Completed Date Time Submitted Domains Description Expires In Options Wednesday April 27 2005 4 30 15 PM Acme Materials 29 days re Mie eve aes Manufacturing Monday April 4 2005 9 06 15 AM Acme Materials 4 days Delete View Save Run Manufacturing Friday April 1 2005 2 35 14 PM Acme orders by 2 days Delete view Save Run Manufacturing month Wednesday March 30 2005 1 10 00 Pm Acme top 10 dealers Today clan VIAA HE ad ff Manufacturing If a deferred report is not saved or deleted prior to its expiration the output is automatically deleted from the WebFOCUS Reporting Server dfm_dir directory and the deferred report is moved to the Unknown status tab in the Deferred Report Status Interface From here you can only delete the orphaned report If deferred output expiration is not configured on your WebFOCUS Reporting Server then the value Never appears next to each report under the Expires In column Note This setting does not affect deferred output saved to your My Reports area Saved Deferred Output Subject to Temporary Expiration Saved Deferred Reports that utilize WebFOCUS features that create temporary files such as OLAP On demand paging and redirected formats are subject to expiration as defined by the WebFOCUS Client parameter EXPIRE_REPORTS located in cgivars wfs See the WebFOCUS Security and Administration manu
15. Describes how to customize reports with the OLAP selections panel and the OLAP Control Panel Describes how to sort and apply various selection criteria to restrict your data as well as how to troubleshoot an OLAP enabled report Explains how the OLAP Control Panel OCP provides you with a versatile way to gain more insight from your reports by dynamically manipulating report data From the Control Panel you can perform every function available to a WebFOCUS OLAP user Visualizing Trends in Describes how to insert visual representations of Reports selected data directly into your report output Using the WebFOCUS Describes how to use the WebFOCUS Viewer to view Viewer long reports Using Java Applet Managed Describes Java based Managed Reporting and Reporting provides procedures for running reports and creating your own reports using blocks of data your Administrator has created for you Documentation Conventions The following table lists and describes the conventions that apply in this manual foe es THIS TYPE F Denotes syntax that you must enter exactly as shown or this typeface 10 WebFOCUS Preface jen es this typeface Represents a placeholder or variable in syntax for a value that you or the system must supply Indicates a default setting this typeface Represents a placeholder or variable a cross reference or an important term It may also indicate a button menu item or
16. Line Cost Of Goods Sold Quantity nalo igita i nalo E ita nalo E igita Analo igita F nalo igital FE nalo 1 igital Analog Digital 3 969 296 00 5 109 400 00 16 467 146 00 25 092 678 00 1 315 015 00 1 607 513 00 1 542 036 00 3 251 090 00 3 772 119 00 10 128 967 00 124 366 00 190 201 00 21 152 262 00 24 990 368 00 18 449 22 206 78 449 105 98 8 j a jos i W e jN o im jw o jo jo j gt N o jw o joo jo W mm im Mm lo jm w jco M io gt jo co jw e hm Ih gt joo 231 Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report Hiding and Displaying Measures Procedure Example 232 How to Hide or Expose a Measure From the Report Hide or Display a Measure From the Selections Pane Display or Hide a Measure From the Control Panel You can hide and expose measures from an OLAP report the Selections pane or the Control Panel How to Hide or Expose a Measure From the Report To hide a measure column right click the column title and choose Hide from the menu The column is automatically removed from the display To expose a hidden measure column right click a displayed measure and choose Unhide from the menu A secondary menu lists any hidden measures Choose the one you want to reexpose in the report Tip If you want to add a new measure to the report you must return to the original request and add the fiel
17. 163 164 165 166 167 179 182 196 215 216 224 238 241 243 246 247 248 249 adding data 238 applying data visualization graphs 215 216 applying selection criteria 196 deleting data 238 241 243 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Indexi OLAP reports continued displaying a HTML active report 248 displaying as graphs 224 displaying in PDF format 247 249 hiding sort fields 182 pivoting data 140 179 removing sort criteria 165 reversing the order of data 166 167 saving 246 247 saving as Excel files 248 saving as My Reports 249 saving in Managed Reporting folders 249 sorting 156 157 162 163 164 166 OLAP sample files 129 OLAP save options 147 OLAP searches 129 OLAP Selections pane 138 142 145 194 223 applying criteria from 194 OLAP selections panel 17 129 253 data visualization and 253 OLAP sorting options 147 OLAP syntax summary 137 OLAP tools 137 138 139 142 143 146 Control Panel 146 selecting 137 139 Selections pane 138 OLAP enabled reports 129 OLAP enabled Standard Reports 129 OLAP enabling a data source 137 OLAP enabling reports 137 139 on demand paging 263 264 265 272 creating reports 272 deferred reports 272 displaying a specific page 265 navigating in reports 265 viewing reports 264 Online Analytical Processing OLAP 127 opening Dashboard 23 327 Index ordering data 166 167 organizing Dashboard content 96 output blocks 28 93 98
18. Across sort field listed in the Drill Across box in the OLAP Control Panel you can apply a vertical bar graph to the specified measures For more information about OLAP reports see Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report on page 127 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 253 Associating Bar Graphs With Measures Data Visualization Bar Graph Attributes The following table outlines the default attributes used to display data visualization bar graphs applied from the OLAP selections pane or the OLAP Control Panel The first column lists the bar graph attribute while the second column lists the default value Bar graph attribute Default value Color Positive values Blue Negative values Red Length Vertical bar graph 60 pixels Horizontal bar graph 80 pixels Width The size of the font in the report output is used to define a default value for the width of the bar graph Note Currently you cannot modify bar graph attributes from the OLAP selection panel or the OLAP Control Panel Applying Bar Graphs to Measures in an OLAP Report Procedure 254 How to Apply Bar Graphs to Measures in an OLAP Report The quickest way to apply data visualization bar graphs to numeric measures is from the report itself How to Apply Bar Graphs to Measures in an OLAP Report 1 Right click the title of a measure column 2 Choose Visualize from the menu The report runs automatically displaying a column of bar graphs f
19. EASTERN EUROPE CZECH REP 42 854 041 59 995 657 SKLARVIA 5 018 116 7 025 362 g 8 In the new report the Continent and RISK_CLASS fields are removed based on the internally generated criteria IF CONTINENT EQ EUROPE and IF RISK_CLASS EQ High The By field Continent is broken down to its last dimension element Then the Across field RISK_CLASS is broken down to its last dimension level The resulting By fields in the report from left to right are Region Country and Risk Factor The data displayed for the measures satisfy the values in the current By fields 158 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Sorting Data You can sort the data in an OLAP report based on the values of dimensions in the hierarchy and or the values of the quantitative measures that constitute the body of the report Sorting options vary depending on the nature of the data being sorted For details see Sorting Measures on page 159 and Sorting Dimensions on page 166 You can also group numeric data into any number of tiles percentiles quartiles deciles etc See Grouping Numeric Data Into Tiles on page 184 Sorting Measures You can apply aggregation and sorting simultaneously to a numeric measure in an OLAP report and sort the data from high to low descending order or from low to high ascending order All other columns are sorted correspondingly For the measure being sorted you can restrict the report to a specif
20. P parameters saving 60 63 passwords 24 276 changing 24 percentiles 184 186 performing calculations on fields 188 Personalize link 74 Personalize Options window 90 91 personalizing Dashboard 28 pie graphs 218 pivoting sort fields in OLAP reports 140 144 positioning columns 110 PowerPoint integration with Dashboard 64 66 68 adjusting ActiveX browser settings 68 exporting live graphs 66 exporting reports 66 exporting static graphs 66 prefix operators 188 private views 22 24 logging on 24 privileges 291 Advanced 291 procedures with filters 314 public views 22 23 94 96 97 Publish option 97 Publishing Content Pages 97 328 Q quartiles 184 186 R Range check box 201 215 Rank check box 162 Recent link 74 Recent reports list 89 Refresh button 71 refresh options 71 113 119 relational operators 188 192 196 Relations buttons 194 196 201 Report Assistant 17 289 292 293 sharing reports 289 report columns 252 applying graphs to 252 Report Frame 264 Report Library 88 94 96 97 102 content in Dashboard 88 watch list reports 88 window 88 94 Report Painter 138 139 OLAP enabling from 139 OLAP settings 138 report parameters 287 report types 16 47 112 114 122 283 286 287 288 289 294 custom 122 294 deferred 112 283 286 287 My Reports 16 shared 47 288 289 shared reports 16 Standard 114 Standard Reports 16 static reports 16 WebFOCUS ReportCaster 17 9
21. Reporting Objects X My Reports 9 Custom Reports Sales Summary Sales Summary Copy 1 E 9 Profit Sales Summary Copy 2 Shared Reports E Other Files Note After pasting a file you can change the name that displays in the Dashboard tree of the user interface using the Properties option This does not change the internal name filename ext of the file For more information on Custom Reports properties see Editing a Custom Report and its Properties on page 302 Procedure How to Create or Delete New Custom Report Folders 1 2 3 4 In the Domain Tree expand the My Reports folder Right click Custom Reports and select New Folder Enter a name for the new folder in the New Folder dialog box and click Save The new folder appears in the Custom Reports folder To delete a folder in Custom Reports right click the folder and select Delete WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 43 Creating Reports in Dashboard Procedure How to Edit a Custom Report Edit only one report at a time when using InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant 1 In the Domain Tree expand the My Reports folder then expand the Custom Reports folder 2 Right click the desired Custom Report and select the tool you created the report with InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant or select Editor to edit the report code manually in the Dashboard text editor For details on usin
22. Tools Recent Favorites Yiews Personalize Utilities Help E amp Domains Bw eniu Carp Information B Standard Reports Builders Ad Hoc Analysis E i Cross Reference Welcome to the Dashboard Report Output Turn Over Ratios By Branch As Of 02 10 03 Plant Position Employed Resigned Terminated Quality Assurance Location Description Count Count Count TotalPersonnel TurnOver Ratio Sales Analysis Cross Reference files Reporting Objects Quality Assurance My Reports Sales Orders _ Shared Reports BOS Line Worker 8 3 1 12 33 M amp Public Plant Manager 1 0 0 1 00 Regional Product Sales Technician 9 2 1 12 25 E Sales Support POWERED BY TOTAL BOS 18 5 2 25 28 Dashboard Properties The Dashboard Properties dialog box displays General properties for all items plus Detail properties for reports procedures General properties include Name Folder Folder Href Domain Domain Href Last Modified On Size Run File Name Created On Created By and Last Modified By The Created By and Last Modified By properties are not displayed by default but can be displayed when set by the Dashboard administrator If you click the Detail link at the top of the Dashboard Properties dialog box details for the procedure associated with the selected report are parsed and displayed in folders that include Master Files Data Elements Sorts Conditions Expressions Output Format and Join Type WebFOCUS Managed Repor
23. the following image on the OLAP Control Panel WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Bixi Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Geographic Area Continent Values E Region Values E Country Values gt Risk Continent sort Tiles Sort Order Low to High Limit 5__ 4 O High to Low I Hide C Rank 1 2 3 Limit Output You could sort data by highest or lowest You can also rank data by highest You can limit the number of records to display per report You can also hide a sort field and unhide it gt Ok lt Cancel j Ph Run j F Save Ph Help j PSelection Criteria 5 Under Limit Output click the Limit check pane and choose or type a value in the input area 6 Click OK The main Control Panel window reopens 7 Click Run to execute your report 170 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Procedure How to Rank Rows in a Vertically Sorted Report Example 1 2 3 Open the OLAP Control Panel Select a field from the Drill Down pane Click the Sort 4T button The sort pane opens Under Sort Order choose the Low to High or High to Low options button Click the Rank check pane If you wish to place a restriction on the number of sort field values to rank click the Limit check pane and choose or type a value in the input area If the High to Low option button is selected you can rank a specified number of Highest values 4 If the Low to High option but
24. to the selected measure Select the High to Low or Low to High options button to specify the sort order you wish to apply The default sort order is high to low Click OK The sort pane is replaced by the Measures pane where the measure becomes blue to indicate that sorting specifications have been defined WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Procedure 5 Click Run to display the report with sorting applied to the selected measure The diamond button next to the sorted measure changes to reflect the sort order If high to low the top half of the diamond is solid blue If low to high the bottom half is solid blue Note 4 Report execution is automatic when you sort a measure in an OLAP report However if the Control Panel is open all current changes in the Control Panel are applied If an OLAP request contains a horizontal Across sort field the measures appear several times in the report once for each Across value If you apply sorting to a measure the sort is performed on the first column occurrence of the measure and reflected in all subsequent instances The appropriate half of the diamond button becomes solid only for the first instance Any additional sorting you wish to perform must be done from the first occurrence of the measure How to View a Subset of Data for Sorted Measures You can select to view only a subset of the total number of records in your report 1 2 Open the OLAP Control
25. vii m RESF Aee 3 gt PRODCAT Quantity Line Cost Of Goods Sold CD Players 16 328 1 616 472 00 Camcorders 12 ml 9 159 550 00 a Cameras 60 695 00 x j M4 10f1 E eae o 4 Te ee ery Tip If you wish you can save and print the PDF report from Adobe Acrobat How to Save an OLAP Report and Graph as an Excel File 1 2 3 4 Open the Control Panel Click the Save button at the bottom of the window Select Save the data in an Excel file or Save the data in an Excel 2000 file Follow the instructions to export the data How to Display an OLAP Report and Graph as an HTML Active Technologies Report 1 2 3 4 Open the OLAP Control Panel Click the Save button at the bottom of the window Select Display as active report Offline Analysis The report and graph appear in a separate window as an HTML active report WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Saving OLAP Reports and Graphs in the My Reports Folder In Managed Reporting you can save an OLAP report and graph in your My Reports folder 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Click the Save button at the bottom of the window 3 Select Save as My Reports A secondary window opens 4 Enter a descriptive name and click OK to save the graph s and the tabular report If the domain of the OLAP report is restricted not to allow the creation of My Reports select a domain from the Save in drop down menu in the Save dialog bo
26. 1 Open the Deferred Report Status Interface 2 Under the Completed tab locate the report you want to save 3 Under the Options column click Save located to the right of the deferred report description Note Users with Run only and User roles will not see the Save button WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface The Saved Deferred Output Dialog box opens as shown in the following image gt Save Deferred Output Dialog Win E m Save In O Deferred Reports vi a E Save As Output of Sales_02 Wednesd 4 From the Save In drop down menu you can navigate to the domain My Reports folder and then the Deferred Output folder where you want to save the report output Note The Save In drop down menu is a list of domains to which you are authorized to save reports When the Save Deferred Output dialog box opens the initial Save In value is the Deferred Reports folder under the domain where you ran the report If the domain from which you ran the report is restricted not to allow the creation of My Reports the value will default to the first domain in alphabetical order where you are authorized to create My Reports If there are no domains listed contact your Managed Reporting Administrator to obtain authorization to save My Reports to a domain 5 Inthe Save As field either keep the name that appears in this field or type a new name for the saved report output If you type an existing file nam
27. 109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 6 287 1 315 015 00 Digital 7196 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Digital 14 957 3 261 090 00 TY Ci Analog 19 077 3 772 119 00 Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 Q2 AV VideoTown Analog 11 781 2 663 655 00 Digital 27 377 5 928 507 00 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 11 868 758 00 Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 City Video Analog 1 405 285 323 00 The monthly report looks like this Since Month is the bottom level in its dimension if you drill down on a month value you will no longer see the month column However you will see the data that relates to the selected month in subsequent columns WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 149 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures 150 Store E MONTH Name AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise Ty Ci Web Sales eMart 02 AV VideoTown Audio Expert Product Type nalo igita EE nalo E ital nalo igital EE nalo f igita E nalo igital nalo f igital Analog igital E nalo E ita 3 nalo f Quantity j T i ba jk o je jh j ic ai Ea a w O G W o hm fs N
28. 110 applying graphs to 252 positioning 110 columns in OLAP reports 174 179 pivoting 179 repositioning 174 comments in code 304 complex filtering criteria 313 321 Index content block types 98 content blocks 71 93 94 98 101 102 103 105 106 107 109 110 adding 98 adding items 103 adding items from domain search 101 and EXL2K PIVOT format 101 changing names of 106 creating 94 98 deleting 102 deleting items 103 105 editing 103 105 hiding 106 hiding the toolbar 107 layout 109 110 maximizing 71 types 93 Content List 98 content page names 71 content page publishing 97 content pages 96 97 109 creating multiple 96 rearranging 96 selecting layout 109 Content window 94 Control Panel 139 143 145 146 147 162 166 179 196 201 224 analysis and 146 Date Selection pane 201 graph pane 224 graphing results of a report request 224 opening 139 145 ordering data 166 pivoting data elements 179 selection criteria pane 196 sorting data elements 166 unique functions 147 creating a Favorites list 79 creating OLAP graphs 216 cross century dates 215 322 custom reports 37 40 41 43 44 122 283 291 294 304 INCLUDE 304 comments in code 304 creating 294 creating folders 43 creating in Dashboard 37 deleting folders 43 executing with INCLUDE 304 in Dashboard 40 41 43 44 running 283 sharing 291 customizing Dashboard 28 94 Dashboard 16 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30 4
29. 128 967 00 9 383 389 00 8 308 647 00 6 732 303 00 928 507 00 916 936 00 Applying Bar Graphs to Measures Using the Selections Pane or Control Panel You can apply data visualization bar graphs to any numeric measure To indicate the measures for which you want to display bar graphs you click the check box located to the left of each measure This check box has three states that control the display modes for the measure 256 WebFOCUS 6 Visualizing Trends in Reports In the following table the first column shows the three check box states and the second column provides descriptions for the display modes Check Box State Display Mode for the Measure Mi Check mark Displays the measure La Graph icon Applies a bar graph to the measure and displays both the measure and its associated bar graph T Blank box Does not display the measure or an associated bar graph You click the check box next to a measure until it reflects the display mode you want If an OLAP report contains a measure that does not appear in the report the Measure control shows a blank check box To display the measure click the check box once To display the associated bar graph click the check box again Note The three state check box is not active when you apply Stack Measures to your report These features are mutually exclusive Procedure How to Apply Bar Graphs to Measures Using the Selections Pane 1 From the OLAP selections
30. 1998 06 07 856 1 1998 06 21 880 kl 614 3 1998 07 05 859 1 1998 07 26 824 4 825 1 996 3 1998 08 02 826 ki 1998 08 09 619 999 3 1998 08 28 3 129 a 324 1 1998 08 30 1005 al Date Problem 2010 04 21 Procedure How to Apply Selection Criteria to a Date Range 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 Click the Selection Criteria button The Selection Criteria pane opens 3 In the Dimensions pane above the Selection Criteria pane expand the dimension that includes the date field and click the Values button WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 207 Limiting Data Example 208 A secondary window displays controls for the date format of a dimension For example if the date format is YYM only the year and month controls appear If the format is YYMD year month and day controls appear Note The Date selection pane appears only when a supported date format is provided See Date Format Limitations on page 215 Click the Range check pane Inclusive and Exclusive options buttons appear 4 Choose Inclusive to show the range including the dates specified Choose Exclusive to show the range excluding the dates specified Note 4 You can select only one range of dates at a time 4 You can apply selection criteria to a range of dates only if the date format contains a year See Date Format Limitations on page 215 From and To drop down lists open for all selectable options By default the current
31. 202 660 342 44 659 771 47 372 157 74 105 440 pons arr 2 In the Selections pane click the arrow to the right of CONTINENT and select AMERICAS from the list of values Use the default operator to limit the data 3 Next click the arrow to the right of REGION and select NORTH AMERICA Once again accept the default operator 4 Click the Run button on the band below the Selections pane WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 195 Limiting Data The output is now limited to data for the selected continent and region as shown in the following image Continent AMERICAS v Country 7 RISK_CLASS wy Measures v Graph Region NORTH AMERICA Y Risk Factor SEa zkan JR P Run j e OLAP e Reset P Save _ Help CANADA DOLLAR 260 574 240 242 488 333 11 592 384 RISK CLASS Balance 186 124 457 173 205 952 E Continent AMERICAS Region NORTH AMERICA Procedure How to Apply Selection Criteria From the Control Panel 196 1 2 Open the Control Panel Click the Selection Criteria button at the bottom right of the window The Selection Criteria pane opens In the Dimensions pane above the Selection Criteria pane expand a dimension and click Values A secondary window opens Select one or more values press the Ctrl key to multi Select Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane where the selected values appear in the drop down lists 4 If
32. 293 Creating a Report or Graph vu Gh A Q WebFOCUS displays a list of group folders Expand the Product Sales group folder Select Regional Product Sales Click Report Assistant to open the reporting tool Select the data and options you want to apply to your report TO Save your report click Save in the Report Assistant window Your report will be saved to the My Reports tab under the Product Sales group folder To return to Managed Reporting click Quit in the Report Assistant window Procedure How to Create a Custom Report 294 1 Right click the Custom Reports folder and select New The following image shows the My Reports window displaying the pop up menus that appear when you right click the Custom Reports folder and choose New n Reports sales New d Report Assistant Graph Assistant Editor New Folder Close Search Refresh Select the tool for creating your report or graph The Master File dialog box appears If you choose New Folder you can specify a subfolder name and then create a Custom Report using Report Assistant Graph Assistant or the Editor WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting The following image shows the Masters List window containing a list of available database descriptions Z WebFOCUS Masters List Microsoft Internet Espa Ie m Ed Select from available database descriptions Description CAR CAROLAP CASHFLOW COURSE DMLOCS
33. 421 28 064 250 00 ME at cick Audio Expert Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 MEE a eMart Digital 108 221 24 990 36800 ME Q2 eMart Digital 115 102 2497151200 M a eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 ME a2 eMart Analog 74 737 16 789 403 00 ME a Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 ME a4 eMart Digital 72 126 14 000 951 00 B a3 eMart Digital 66 156 13 867 709 00 BE a2 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 11 868 758 00 i a3 Audio Expert Digital 50 076 11 210 406 00 J a4 Audio Expert Digital 53 275 11 190 923 00 B at TV City Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 ME a4 eMart Analog 39 515 9 383 389 00 EE 3 eMart Analog 36 306 8 308 647 00 WEE a2 Tv City Digital 29 627 6 732 303 00 E a2 AV VideoTown Digital 27 377 5 928 507 00 fl a4 Audio Expert Analog 25 897 5 916 936 00 fl 5 Click Q2 for Audio Expert to check the monthly breakdown In the monthly report both stores recorded their highest sales in June 06 Filter out the other stores and focus on Audio Expert in June 132 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 6 Click Audio Expert as shown in the following image Simontu El Store Name E pRODTYPE E Quantity Sline Cost Of Goods Sold 06 Audio Expert 4 Digital 42 473 11 119 112 00 M 06 eMart enek Digital 45 895 10 518 058 00 ME 05 Audio Expert Expert Diaital 36 505 8 930 974 00 ME 04 Audio Expert Digital 32 443 8 014 164 00 ME 04 eMart Digital 35 336 7 797 162 00 ME 05 eMart Digital 33 871 6 656 292 00 MENE 04 eMart Analog 27
34. 51 690 321 Unknown 5 246 222 7 344711 BRAZIL Medium 29 600 684 41 440 958 Unknown 15 892 817 22 249 944 CANADA Low 26 263 063 36 768 288 Medium 29 949 571 41 929 399 GUATEMALA Medium 727 810 1 018 934 HONDURAS Medium 39 472 859 55 262 000 MEXICO Medium 34 781 444 104 694 022 Unknown 8 280 274 11 592 384 UNITED STATES Low 159 861 394 223 805 952 Medium 68 474 937 95 864912 ASIA HONG KONG Medium 88 068 897 123 296 456 ISRAEL Medium 25 368 704 35 516 186 JAPAN Medium 114 591 945 160 428 723 SAUDIARABIA Medium 19 291 067 27 007 494 EUROPE CZECH REP High 42 854 041 59 995 657 Medium 8 267 160 11 574 024 ENGLAND Low 10 214 318 14 300 045 Medium 115 542 880 161 760 032 3 Click the Selection Criteria button at the bottom right to open the Selection Criteria pane 4 In the Dimensions pane above the Selection Criteria pane expand the Geographic Area dimension and click Values under Country A secondary window lists the acceptable values WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 197 Limiting Data 5 In this window choose ARGENTINA and BRAZIL as shown in the following image hold down the Ctrl key to multi select values Z WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog Dimensions Click a Box to Add my zi xi Geographic Area E Continent Values E Region Values Country Values gt Risk Country GUATEMALA HONDURAS HONG KONG SAUDI ARABIA SKLARVIA xl gt Run j F Save
35. Add Block Remove Block Edit Block SelectAll Clear All Save Done Procedure How to Access the Content Window 1 From the Dashboard banner click Personalize 2 Select Content from the menu The Content window opens Procedure How to Exit the Content Window For users after you have created all of your content blocks click Done on the Content window to save all changes and exit the Content window Dashboard automatically refreshes to include your changes and you return to the Dashboard view WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 95 Creating Content Pages Creating Content Pages 96 In this section Publishing Reports to Content Pages in Dashboard How to Create Content Pages You can create Dashboard content pages that contain content blocks and the ReportCaster Report Library Watch List and Deferred Status user interfaces Accessing the ReportCaster Report Library Watch List or Deferred Status interface from its own Dashboard content page is different than accessing the interface from banner hyperlinks which open a new browser window when the hyperlink is clicked Content pages appear as tabs that display the name of the content page across the top of the content area Content pages can be viewed by clicking the appropriate tab Using content pages enables you to 1 Expand the amount of space you have to display content in Dashboard Organize Dashboard content 4 Keep the default view created by the D
36. Boston Dallas TOTAL Dallas TOTAL Boston BJ PRODCAT CD Players Camcorders Cameras DVD Digital Tape Recorders PDA Devices VCRS CD Players Camcorders Cameras DVD Digital Tape Recorders PDA Devices VCRs 5 Quantity 56 723 172 592 Click the square icon next to PLANT to open the Control Panel as shown in the following 4 Line Cost Of Goods Sold 5 615 577 00 55 400 795 00 1 985 822 00 7 586 704 00 6 783 528 00 39 002 750 00 4 143 351 00 120 518 527 00 1 819 323 00 19 836 296 00 686 960 00 4 271 836 00 2 639 319 00 14 490 008 00 1 404 165 00 45 147 907 00 3 Click Line Cost of Goods Sold in the Control Panel Measures pane The sort pane opens WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 189 Performing a Calculation on a Measure 4 Under Measures Calculations choose Percent from the drop down list as shown in the following image then click OK to see the calculation as a prefix for the measure in the Measures pane WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog Dimensions P Location gt Time Period gt Product Dimension Line Cost Of Goods Sold M Sort Measure Calculations Ce High to Low Percent z Low to High l Rank 1 2 3 Highest 5 Ok lt Cancel rRun_ P Save P Help PSelection Criteria 5 Click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel 190 Ux WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Rep
37. Click the Shared Reports tab in the Domain window WebFOCUS displays folders with the names of users who have contributed reports Double click a user name The user name expands to display the Reporting Object group folders that were used to create the Shared Reports Double click the Reporting Object group folder and then the subgroup folder that contains the Shared Report you want to run Note that the Shared Report icon appears next to the name of the report Select the report and then click Run WebFOCUS displays the report Close the browser to return to the Shared Reports tab Running a Deferred Receipt Report How to Submit a Report for Deferred Receipt View Report Properties Deferred Receipt allows you to submit reports for processing and to retrieve the results later You do not have to wait for a report to process and return to your browser You can submit a report in any format including OLAP enabled reports and reports flagged for On demand Paging for Deferred Receipt WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 283 Running a Report Procedure 284 A Managed Reporting Administrator can also designate a Standard Report or Reporting Object to run only in deferred mode To determine whether a Standard Report or Reporting Object is designated as a Deferred Receipt report see How to View Report Properties on page 286 After you submit a report for Deferred Receipt use the Deferred Report Status Interf
38. Code To edit an existing Custom Report right click a Custom Report and select Open The tool used to create the report opens Note If you created the Custom Report using the Report Assistant or Graph Assistant and then edited the report with the Editor the Custom Report can only be opened and edited again using the Editor WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Procedure How to View and Edit Properties of a Custom Report 1 Select the Custom Reports folder in the My Reports tab 2 Right click the report for which you want to view or edit properties The following image shows the Properties dialog box that opens which contains the date and time the report was last changed the folder location the run type the file name a description and three check boxes Share Report Prompt for Parameters and Run with OLAP Properties E v Ej 3 View the report make any desired changes and click OK WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 303 Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE Reference About Comments in the Code When you create a procedure with graphical tools the type of component and the information contained in it are previewed below the icon The characters are required to identify text as a comment By default comments contain the name of the procedure This comment is not necessary for your application and if you wish you can delete it You can also choose to
39. Country Report Microsoft Internet Explorer E lol x Save Save As Run Quit Help X 43 1 XK Hn a da Ye AB ab g Times New Roman z 12 z Edit Tool TABLE FILE CAR The following table describes all of the functions available in the Dashboard text editor The first column lists the buttons and the second column lists the actions they produce Save Save button Saves the report Acts as Save As the first time you save the report Saves the report in the Custom Reports folder with a Save As _ Save As button name you y p Run _ Run button Runs the current report Exits the Editor window If you made changes to the original report a window prompts you to save or cancel the changes Opens the online help Cuts copies or pastes the highlighted text Quit Quit button e ita rt Cut Copy and Paste buttons x H K Ca Diea Deletes selects all undoes and redoes All Undo and Redo buttons WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 45 Creating Reports in Dashboard dj Finds and replaces text Find and Replace button Enables you to go to a particular line number in the Go to line button report AB Converts highlighted text to uppercase Uppercase button ab Converts highlighted text to lowercase Lowercase button Ty Sets the text color in the editor Text color button Sets the background color of the editor ae Background color button Note The text color and
40. Deferred Status Report You must access the Deferred Report Status Interface to view deferred reports Procedure How to View a Deferred Status Report 1 Open the Deferred Report Status Interface 2 To view the output of a deferred report a Locate the report description under the Completed tab b Click View under the Options column to view the report The output appears in a new window 3 The Deferred Report Status Interface remains open until closed a To return to the Deferred Report Status Interface close or minimize the report output window b To return to your reporting environment close or minimize the report output window then close the Deferred Report Status Interface 4 Click Refresh to obtain the most current status of deferred requests WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 119 Deferred Report Status Interface Features Reviewing Deferred Report Parameters Procedure Example 120 How to Retrieve Deferred Request Parameters The Deferred Report Status Interface enables you to retrieve parameters submitted with a deferred request You access parameters by opening the Deferred Report Status Interface and clicking the parameters button for the report of your choice The parameters button is not available when the deferred request is submitted from within a report development tool such as Report Assistant or Graph Assistant You can also change the parameters associated with a report and su
41. Delete drop down list in the toolbar at the top of the Interface provides options to delete All All Completed All Running All Queued All Expired or All Unknown reports depending on which report status types exist in the Interface 4 View Available when the report status is Completed The View option displays the completed report in a new browser session or the report format may result in the opening of a Windows dialog box that prompts you to save the report to disk or open the report within an application such as Microsoft Excel Microsoft Word or Adobe Acrobat WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 115 Deferred Report Status Interface Features 116 Save Available when the report status is Completed The Save option saves the My Report or Custom Report to a special folder Deferred Reports Output in the Domains My Reports tab The description of the My Report or Custom Report is the description that appears in the Deferred Report Status Interface along with the date and time the My Report or Custom Report was created Note This option does not appear for users with the User role Users with the User role cannot save report results to the Managed Reporting Repository 4 Run Available for reports without parameters when the report status is completed or queued The Run option runs the report deferred again 4 Parameters Available for reports with parameters when the report status is completed or q
42. End User s Manual 3 Contents Working With Shared RePorts cccccceccececeeececeececeececucuececeeuececeeueseeeeuesesseeeseseeaes 47 Uploading Data FIGS avc cccsdee ves rebel ew eves Hage R silane sacs ESER AEn ANERER aoe 51 AMmperAuto Promptine ci icc c ceive eSeleceweeeg cis Reeliis civ ea a aradi REENE eed edevead ek erevowenent 57 Saving Parameter SeleCtiONS cccececceceececeeeececeececeeeececuesececuececeeueseseseeseseseesesenaes 60 Stopping Requests in DaShbOaIC ccccecceceececececececeeceeceeuceeseaecuececesuececeseeseseeeesesenaes 64 PowerPoint Integration With DaShbOard cccccececcececeececeecececeeeececuecesecuesesesutsesseeesesenaes 64 Exporting Reports to PowerPoint From DaShbOaid ccccececeeceeeeeeceeeececueeecesueeeeeees 66 Exporting Static Graphs to PowerPoint From DaShboatd cccecsceeceeceeceeeeeeceeeeceees 66 Exporting Live Graphs to PowerPoint From DaShboard cecceceeeeceeececeeeeeeceeeeeeees 66 Adjusting Browser Security to Use the PowerPoint ActiveX Control ccscsseeceeeeeeees 68 Running Deferred Reports cccccecccceceecececeeceeeceececnceeeecueeeeeseesesecueseceeueseeeeueseeseeesesenaes 68 Using ROG Tree Sirnea a a aa i EEE E ia E E O ia Pa E EEE EEEE 70 Viewing Content BIOCKS cccccccceceeceecececeecececueseceeuececuesesesueseseeueseeesuesecasueseeseaesessesees 71 Setting Automatic Refresh for a Content BIOCK
43. List reports in the Report Library select the Tools link in the banner select Library from the submenu that appears and click the Watch List tab in the Report Library window that opens To access Watch List reports in a separate Watch List window select the Tools link in the banner then select Watch List from the submenu that appears For details on the Report Library see the ReportCaster End User s Manual Viewing Recently Run Reports A most recently used reports list is automatically generated when you use Dashboard By default the recent report list holds a maximum of 25 reports You can change this number from the Options window You can access the recent reports list from the Recent hyperlink in the banner WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 89 Setting User Options This image shows all of the options available for this report type from the Recent dialog box for example Run Run Deferred Remove and so on You can also view when the report was last requested by hovering over the report _ Refresh You can clear all items from the Recent list by clicking Remove All from the Recent dialog box To remove an individual item right click the item in the Recent list and select Remove Setting User Options You can set personal options for your Dashboard view from the Personalize Options window You can choose which domains are displayed when you log on to Dashboard how to display and implement pop
44. Output Tree Favorites Note You may only select one item for Launch Folder or Output blocks Content List Remove Clear Block Name Block name will be the heading text of the block E Deactivate Block Lock Block Hide Block Toolbar MS Office output options Automatic Block Refresh lt Enable Scroll Buttons Enable Scroll Bars Save Cancel Note The Lock Block and Automatic Block Refresh check boxes are available to administrators only 2 Click Save 108 WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content Selecting Content Layout How to Add a Column Adjust Column Width From the Layout window you can change the content block layout You can select a different layout for each content page When selecting the layout for your content page you can 4 Add and remove columns 4 Specify column width 4 Rearrange column order The following image shows a sample Layout window There are list boxes for the contents of Column 1 and Column 2 with up down right and left arrows The Column 1 list box includes a text box a plus control and a minus control to adjust column width There are buttons to Add Column Remove Column Move Column Left and Move Column Right as well a Content button to return to the Content window Layout Help Average Experience Payscale and Headout Human Resources folder Output lt gt 50 iP a v 50 a v Add Column
45. Panel contains the controls that allow you to display specific pages deliver the entire report to your Web server and search your document for particular strings of information B141 58 00 Hazelnut 300 264 WebFOCUS 7 Using the WebFOCUS Viewer Using the Viewer Control Panel In this section Searching a Report How to Navigate Through a Report The Viewer Control Panel as shown in the following image located at the bottom of the window contains the controls you use to navigate through the report and to search for a string in the report The Viewer Control Panel navigational controls allow you to display the next or previous page the first or last page or a specific page You use the searching function to have the Viewer locate a search string you specify within all report pages me 87 SGN a ay a Note When specifying a search string you must specify the actual number of spaces between characters because HTML displays a single space even when multiple spaces are used between characters Procedure How to Navigate Through a Report The Viewer Control Panel offers several ways to view pages in your report 4 To display a specific page 1 Enter a page number in the Page input box as shown in the following image Page is of 87 a 2 Click Go to Page as shown in the following image To display the previous or the next page in sequence click Previous or Next as shown in the f
46. Plant Locations EDUCFILE EMPDATA FMD VED Ss 4 gt OK Cancel Note The list of Master Files is determined by the profile settings of the Default Reporting Server or the Server and Application Path settings on the Domain if applicable You do not have the ability to set the Server and Application Path at the Custom Report level at this time 3 Select your Master File and click OK to open the tool of your choice Note You can scroll through the Master File list quickly by typing the first letter of a data source For example if you type T the list will advance to the Training data source 4 Design your Custom Report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 295 Creating a Report or Graph Click Save As to open the Save My Reports window as shown in the following image T Save my reports Web Page Dialog x Please enter a description to save I Share report Iv Prompt for parameters Il Run with OLAP OK Cancel 6 Enter a name for your report and select the options of your choice For example select the Share report check box to share your report with other users Click OK to save your report as a Custom Report 8 You can access your Custom Report under the Custom Reports folder in the My Reports tab as shown in the following image Standard Reports My Reports Shared Reports Reporting Objects aag Sales Be Custom Reports if annual sales 296 WebFOCUS A Using Java Appl
47. Reader Comments form at the end of this manual to communicate suggestions for improving this publication or to alert us to corrections You can also use the Documentation Feedback form on our Web site http documentation informationbuilders com feedback asp Thank you in advance for your comments Information Builders Consulting and Training Interested in training Information Builders Education Department offers a wide variety of training courses for this and other Information Builders products For information on course descriptions locations and dates or to register for classes visit our World Wide Web site http www informationbuilders com or call 800 969 INFO to speak to an Education Representative WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 13 Information Builders Consulting and Training 14 WebFOCUS This documentation provides an overview of WebFOCUS and Managed Reporting It also describes the end user components and tools you use to run view create and edit reports Use this documentation to learn about the structure and the capabilities of each component and tool WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual WebFOCUS Introducing WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Topics WebFOCUS and Managed Reporting Overview Managed Reporting Concepts Managed Reporting Features Managed Reporting Interface 15 WebFOCUS and Managed Reporting Overview WebFOCUS and Managed Reporting Overview
48. Remove Column Move Column Left Move Column Right Content Note f you remove all content blocks from a column the column is not automatically removed from the Dashboard View If there are no content blocks in a column empty space is shown in the Dashboard View WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 109 Selecting Content Layout Procedure How to Add a Column 1 2 3 From the Content window select a content page and then click Page Layout Click Add Column To move 4 Items from one column to another highlight the item and use the left and right arrows between the columns The position of a column select the column and click Move Column Left or Move Column Right Click Content to return to the Content window Procedure How to Adjust Column Width 110 1 2 From the Content window select a content page and click Page Layout Click the plus or minus signs in the column to adjust column width Note that you cannot adjust the width for the last column Since column width total must equal 100 the last column is always the remainder of all the other columns For example if you have 3 columns and column 1 is 50 and column 2 is 25 column 3 is automatically set to 25 Note If you make your content blocks too small the pop up menu may not fully display 3 Click Content to return to the Content window WebFOCUS A The following topics provide an overview of the Deferred Re
49. Report to your My Reports folder 1 Click the Shared Reports tab in the Domain window WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting WebFOCUS displays folders with the names of users who have contributed reports 2 Double click a user name The user name expands to display the Reporting Object group folders that were used to create the Shared Reports 3 Double click the Reporting Object group folder and the subgroup folder that contains the Shared Report you want to copy 4 Select the report and then click Save As My Report on the toolbar The Save As My Report dialog box opens You can keep the original name or you can change the name of the report by deleting the original and typing a new name 5 Click OK WebFOCUS copies the report to your My Reports tab After you copy a Shared Report to your My Reports tab you can edit or delete the report without affecting the original one Procedure How to Edit a Shared Report 1 After you copy a Shared Report click the My Reports tab 2 Double click the Reporting Object group folder and the subgroup folder that contains the report 3 Select the report and then click Open WebFOCUS opens the reporting tool used to create the report or graph and displays the report or graph you copied from the Shared Reports tab You can make your modifications and save the current changes or you can delete the report if you wish Sharing a Custom Report You can share a Custom Re
50. Reporting End User s Manual 141 Characteristics of an OLAP Report J Drag and drop capabilities for dimensions and measures 4 You can drag and drop sort fields to shift sorting from vertical By to horizontal Across or vertical to horizontal 4 You can change the order in which sorting occurs by dragging sort fields from inner to outer positions or outer to inner positions You can drag measures from one position to another to affect the order in which data appears Beyond the features in the report itself your OLAP options depend on the interface and drill down settings that are in effect for a particular report Those choices determine whether you have access to the following tools 4 Selections Pane When this tool is available a pane may appear above or below your report as shown in the following image For details see Selections Pane on page 144 v Measures v Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name All lly E al v eMart v YEAR QUARTER MONTH Product Type All Iv e2 liv oe y Digital v Product Category Product Name PDA Devices v al lly e orap Pm Run PP __Reset MP Save _ Help J Line Product Cost Of a Name Quantity Goods Sold ZT Digital PDA Commercial 13 591 M 4 743 259 00 ZC Digital PDA Standard 2429 W 604 921 00 142 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 4 OLAP Control Panel When
51. TCP IP or HLLAPI including vendor and release The software release 4 Your server version and release You can find this information using the Version option in the Web Console 4 The stored procedure preferably with line numbers or SQL statements being used in server access The Master File and Access File 4 The exact nature of the problem 12 WebFOCUS Preface 4 Are the results or the format incorrect Are the text or calculations missing or misplaced 4 The error message and return code if applicable 4 Is this related to any other problem 4 Has the procedure or query ever worked in its present form Has it been changed recently How often does the problem occur What release of the operating system are you using Has it your security system communications protocol or front end software changed 4 Is this problem reproducible If so how lt Have you tried to reproduce your problem in the simplest form possible For example if you are having problems joining two data sources have you tried executing a query containing just the code to access the data source 4 Do you have a trace file 4 How is the problem affecting your business Is it halting development or production Do you just have questions about functionality or documentation User Feedback In an effort to produce effective documentation the Documentation Services staff welcomes your opinions regarding this manual Please use the
52. The Save In and Look In drop down menus are lists of the domains to which you are authorized to save reports When the Save dialog box opens the initial Save In or Look In value is the folder of the domain from which you ran the report If the domain from which you ran the report is restricted not to allow the creation of My Reports the Save In or Look In value will default to the first domain in alphabetical order where you are authorized to create My Reports If there are no domains listed contact your Managed Reporting Administrator to obtain authorization to save My Reports to a domain To delete a report or folder in My Reports right click the report or folder and select Delete from the menu Note lt Create or edit only one report at a time when using InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant 4 If you log off Dashboard without first closing the Report or Graph Assistant you must manually close the tools WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 39 Creating Reports in Dashboard Procedure How to Copy a Shared Report and Save it as a My Report Copying a Shared Report and saving it as a My Report enables you to edit the report or graph without affecting the original For details see How to Copy a Shared Report on page 50 Procedure How to Create a Custom Report in Dashboard 40 1 Inthe Domain Tree expand the My Reports folder 2 Right click the Custom Reports folder and select one of
53. a Developer has applied selection criteria to the Reporting Object from which you create an OLAP report you only see the selected acceptable values of the field 4 If no selection criteria have been applied you see all the values of the field in the drop down lists In the Selection Criteria pane click a relational operator next to the dimension to specify the relationship that you want to base selection on For example gt or lt Fora complete list see Selection Criteria Relational Operators on page 192 Repeat the process for other dimensions whose values you wish to limit Click Run to execute your report WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Limiting Continents and Countries From the Control Panel Example The following is an example of limiting continents and countries from the Control Panel Tip If you have access to the Selections pane it provides the quickest way to limit data For an illustration see Limiting Continents and Regions From the Selections Pane on page 194 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP8 The report shows data for continents and countries You want to restrict the information to the Countries ARGENTINA and BRAZIL in the Continent AMERICAS 2 Click the square icon next to Continent to open the Control Panel as shown in the following image B Continent Bi Country BJRISK_CLASS Balance CANADA DOLLAR AMERICAS ARGENTINA Medium 36 921 658
54. a self contained HTML report that is designed for offline analysis You can interact with the data using analysis options similar to those found in an Excel workbook without any connection to a server In Managed Reporting m m A user can save the HTML output in the My Reports folder A developer can save the HTML output in the Others folder where it can be distributed to users as a Standard Report Developers can refer to the WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Developer s Manual for details on how to save a transformed report as a Standard Report Procedure How to Display an OLAP Report and Graph in PDF Format 1 2 3 Open the Control Panel Click the Save button at the bottom of the window Select Display as a PDF Report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 247 Saving and Displaying OLAP Reports and Graphs in Other Formats Procedure Procedure 248 The graph appears in the browser above the report while a second browser opens and launches the report output in Adobe Acrobat as shown in the following image File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help a erk gt OA Asearch Favorites Emedia lt 4 D S SH a Address ja http localhost ibi_apps olap jsp olaptransform jsp z cs Go CD Players 16 328 Camcorers 38 592 on 12 841 E AN 305 fl wo 13 959 Digital Tape Recoraers 29 396 POA Devices Quantity Ba oi Onas 4 Bs Be A S BdrO B gt
55. appear as separate columns 2 For this example you will not need the Region dimension but you will need the Country dimension You can quickly make these changes to the report a Right click Region and select Delete from the menu b Right click Continent and select Unhide from the menu then select Country from the secondary menu WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 227 Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report The report now displays data by Continent followed by Country as shown in the following image v Measures w Graph RISK_CLASS E Continent AMERICAS All w all w All v Continent Region Risk Factor E Country ARGENTINA t la OLAP j Balance 42 167 880 You wish to show the measure titles and data values in rows BRAZIL CANADA GUATEMALA HONDURAS MEXICO UNITED STATES HONG KONG 45 493 501 56 212 634 727 810 39 472 857 LLI ELE 83 061 718 228 336 331 88 068 897 ISRAEL JAPAN 25 368 704 114 591 945 e Run CANADA DOLLAR 59 035 032 63 690 901 78 697 688 1 018 934 65 262 000 116 286 405 319 670 863 123 296 456 35 516 186 160 428 723 e Reset j Help 3 Click the OLAP button on the band below the Selections pane to open the Control Panel 228 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 4 Click the Stack Measures check pane below the Measures pane as shown in the following image Z Web
56. area For example if you enter a Limit of 3 the report will not display any data row that is assigned a tile number greater than 3 10 Click OK to accept the selections and return to the main Control Panel window IL Click Run to reexecute and view the report Performing a Calculation on a Measure How to Apply a Calculation to a Measure Reference Calculations You Can Perform on a Measure You can perform standard calculations such as average percent and summarize on the numeric data in measures on an OLAP report Procedure How to Apply a Calculation to a Measure 1 2 3 Run the Standard Report Open the OLAP Control Panel Click a measure in the Measures pane The sort options pane opens Do not click the Measures check pane which controls the display of a measure not its sorting Click the arrow under Measure Calculations and select a calculation from the list None is the default value For details see Calculations You Can Perform on a Measure on page 188 Click OK WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 187 Performing a Calculation on a Measure The sort pane is replaced by the Measures pane where the selected calculation appears as a prefix to the measure 6 Click Run and the applied calculation is added to the column title Reference Calculations You Can Perform on a Measure The following table lists the types of calculations in the first column and describes their functions in
57. as lines and the third measure as areas All measures must have the same orientation vertical or horizontal When you choose Pie as the controlling graph style you can use only pie charts for other measures For details about supported combinations see Combining Graph Styles and Measure Styles in OLAP Graphs on page 218 Note If drilldown capability has been enabled for the dimensions in a report the same functionality is automatically enabled for graphs You can drill down from one graphical representation of your data to another Combining Graph Styles and Measure Styles in OLAP Graphs The following table lists the available style combinations in the second column for each graph style in the first column Controlling Graph Style Vertical Bar default Vertical Line Vertical Line default Vertical Bar Vertical Area Vertical Area Vertical Area default Vertical Bar Vertical Line WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Controlling Graph Style Potential Measure Styles Horizontal Bar Horizontal Bar default Horizontal Line Horizontal Area Horizontal Line Horizontal Line default Horizontal Bar Horizontal Area Horizontal Area Horizontal Area default Horizontal Line Horizontal Area Procedure How to Graph a Measure From the Selections Pane 1 Click the down arrow to the left of the Graph control to open a pane that contains all the numeric measures in the current report There is a chec
58. by clicking Close Accessing Mobile Favorites Procedure 82 How to E mail Mobile Favorites Access Mobile Favorites From a Mobile Device Reference Mobile Favorites Considerations You can access your Mobile Favorites by typing the URL in the browser of a mobile device or by sending an e mail from Dashboard that contains the URL to your Mobile Favorites list and then opening that e mail using a mobile device Note The Mobile Favorites page is a shortcut to your Dashboard reports that you selected as Mobile Favorites This shortcut enables quick access to these reports How to E mail Mobile Favorites 1 Log in to Dashboard 2 Find report items you want to view in a mobile device right click each item and select Add to Mobile Favorites 3 Click Favorites in the Dashboard banner The Favorites dialog box opens Select the Mobile tab Click Send Email WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard A dialog box opens for you to type the desired e mail address as shown in the following image Email Address john_smith bigcompany com Email yourself the link to Mobile Favorites Send Cancel The e mail address associated with your Managed Reporting user ID is populated in the Email Address field by default Click Send The e mail you are sending contains a link for accessing the Mobile Favorites URL Procedure How to Access Mobile Favorites From a Mobile Device 1 Open the e mail sent from Mobile Favor
59. cccccccsecceceeceeeeeceeceeeecceceeeecuesenaes 72 Viewing List and Folder Block ItEMS cccceccececeecececuececeeeeaecueseauceeeuauseeaeeeseeseseees 73 Using Banner Hyperlink S isipin rineka api aoaaa ae edee i egasi 74 Searching DOMAINS tasecivcvseees oe cetvonceegeds scuvens eoebevencvodeedvevescrdavercbvaddvbreasoeogJeruses lave aea 75 BASIC e sires cscespeiens cu ae extn fnneend and ap cee A E 76 AdVANCEG SCAlCl es casncsnnsctees ctuesnenetdenwnd noghedeteesnachaenddaneesenghaeehess Gesu bngenegseedeadendaxecteses 77 Creating a Favorites LiSt 0 0 0cccecceccceenes ceeenececsenecececdececevaeencenssceesnedeeesnsuenestedeoesnsdeosons 79 Mobile FAVO tE Sireci eean ea cued entp ces cs de ada a a aa iaa e addaa aia E Ha nadaa aaa iaaa el 81 Accessing Mobile FavoriteS cccccecececcececeececeecececeecececuececeeeeseeesueseesaeseeaeaeseeeesess 82 Customizing a Mobile Favorites Page ccccccccececceceeeeeeceeeeeecueseceeeeseeeeeeseseseesesenass 87 Adding a Corporate Branding ccccccsccsccececeecececeecececeececueceeeceeseausueseaesueseseserseeeses 87 Viewing Reports in the Report LiDrary ccccceccccecsecececececeeaeceeeeaecueeeaecueeeaeseeseceseesesenes 88 Viewing Recently RUN Reports cccccccsccececeecececeececeeeeseeueseseceesececueseeecueseeasueseeeeanseseesess 89 Setting USer OpPtlONS reccdicc ccc cmecnd sete aeea kae a rk ane Kre eie iaa aeee eaae eE ateraia nE 90 3 Creating Dashboa
60. clear the Accessibility dialog box Click OK to clear the Internet Options dialog box Personalizing Your Dashboard You can personalize the content blocks that appear when you open a private view of Dashboard Content blocks can contain launched reports hyperlinks to reports or hyperlinks to Internet resources The following are the types of content blocks m m m Launch blocks Contains only one item which is launched when you open Dashboard List blocks Can contain many items and display a list of hyperlinks to reports or to Internet resources Folder blocks Similar to list blocks and contain the entire contents of a folder Output blocks May or may not contain information when Dashboard is launched When you run a report or access an Internet resource the output block refreshes and displays the new contents rather than open a separate browser window Tree blocks Adds a Domain Tree without the sidebar frame to a Public View or Group View page Favorites blocks Contains a group of frequently accessed reports graph hyperlinks and any item type except Reporting Objects Watch List blocks Adds a Report Library Watch List interface You can also create content pages that contain your content blocks or content pages that contain the ReportCaster or Report Library user interfaces For details see Creating Dashboard Content on page 93 Dashboard Layout 28 Dashboard contains the following areas m m
61. created the graph is placed in the first slide basic graph type styling is retained and the datasheet object is populated with the data for the graph Open existing presentation A dialog box presents the user with an option to browse the desktop for an existing PowerPoint file The selected presentation is parsed and the dialog box shows a listing of the current slides in the presentation The user has the option of overlaying the graph placed on top of existing content in any existing slide or placing the graph in a new slide at the end of the presentation The datasheet object is populated with the data for the graph When you export a live graph you can select from the following list of graph types Clustered Column 3D Clustered Column Clustered Bar 3D Clustered Bar Line Line with Markers 3D Line Pie 3D Pie Clustered Cylinder Column Clustered Cylinder Bar Clustered Cone Clustered Cone Bar Clustered Pyramid and Clustered Pyramid Bar Procedure How to Export Live Graphs to PowerPoint From Dashboard The following procedure assumes that a developer has already added the MS Office output options to the launch block where your live graph is stored in Dashboard 66 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 1 From the Dashboard launch block click the PowerPoint icon in the title bar above the graph as shown in the following image Sales Graph j V4 Regional Sales 700000000 600000000 500000000 400000000 Sales 3
62. date appears Specify a From date and a To date by using the spin controls and drop down lists Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane To view both the From and To dates of the range selected click the down arrow on the drop down list Click a relational operator to the left of the date element in the Selection Criteria pane 4 Choose Within range Lal operator to display records when the value falls within the specified range Choose Not within range operator to display records when the value does not fall within the specified range 9 Click Run to execute your report Applying Selection Criteria to a Range of Date Fields The following is an example of applying selection criteria to a range of date fields 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP9Y WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in the following images your report shows problem information reported over the course of several years Date Problem Problem Problem Problem Reported Number Occurrence E Category La Incorrect Labeling 1998 04 05 693 g 1998 04 19 9 1998 05 03 1998 05 31 1998 06 07 1998 06 21 1998 07 05 1998 07 26 aagana WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 209 Limiting Data The information falls into the following categories incorrect labeling missing components physical damage power failure and remote failure Date Problem Problem Problem Problem E Category Reported Number
63. displays records when the value in the indicated date field falls within the specified range 4 The Not within range operator displays records when the value in the indicated date field does not fall within the specified range For more information on supported date formats see Date Format Limitations on page 215 For more information on specifying date formats see the Describing Data With WebFOCUS Language manual WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 201 Limiting Data Procedure How to Apply Selection Criteria to a Date Field 1 2 Open the Control Panel Click the Selection Criteria button The Selection Criteria pane opens In the Dimensions pane above the Selection Criteria pane expand the dimension that includes the date field and click the Values button A secondary window displays controls for the date format of the dimension For example if the date format is YYM only the year and month controls appear If the format is YYMD year month and day controls appear Note The date selection pane appears only when a supported date format is provided See Date Format Limitations on page 215 Specify a date using the spin controls drop down lists or by typing the value If your date format includes edit masking such as Y M D the date appears with forward slashes in the Date selection list pane the Selection Criteria pane and the drop down list at the bottom of the report However the date edit mask a
64. distribution of your reports Using ReportCaster you can distribute your reports at scheduled intervals via e mail FTP or to a printer WebFOCUS Viewer The WebFOCUS Viewer displays report output one page at a time This tool is useful for reports that contain a large number of pages Only the first page is sent from the Web server to your browser The WebFOCUS Viewer enables you to page through the output as well as search for a specific string of text Deferred Receipt Deferred Receipt allows you to submit a report for background processing Once you submit a report you can continue working in Managed Reporting while WebFOCUS processes the report You then use the Deferred Report Status Interface to view the report output and save the report as a My Report Lowercase Directory Names and File Names in WebFOCUS From UNIX When working with WebFOCUS GUI tools that access directories and files from a UNIX system the WebFOCUS Reporting Server returns lowercase directory names and files by default The WebFOCUS GUI tools also create directories and files in lowercase regardless of the text case specified for example lowercase uppercase or mixed case If the user creates directories or files at the UNIX command level they must create them in lowercase Managed Reporting Interface In this section Business Intelligence Dashboard Java Applets The following options are available for accessing Managed Reporting Business Intelligenc
65. if the report or graph was created in Version 7 Release 6 and earlier it is recommended that you create all of the Saved Parameter reports from the same procedure that contains the report or graph request This is recommended because prior to Version 7 Release 6 1 a saved parameter report has a reference to the procedure FEX from which it was created If you create a saved parameter report from an existing saved parameter report the new saved parameter report has a reference to the prior saved parameter report which has a reference to the original report or graph procedure This creates a series of chained dependent procedures and if one of the chained procedures is deleted the reports with references to the deleted procedure will no longer run successfully If you are a Developer or Managed Reporting Administrator you can save Saved Parameter reports to the Standard Reports or Other Files folders Note that the Edit Parameters menu option is not available for auto prompt reports that are saved with parameter values in the Standard Reports or Other Files folders You can edit parameter values from the launch form or edit the DEFAULT values for the procedure FEX using the text editor When you run a Saved Parameter report from these folders the auto prompt form launches with the saved parameter values selected WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 61 Creating Reports in Dashboard 4 Consider the following when you save a param
66. integer value or a value less than the default value generates an error message WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 2 Select the Refresh check box in the block toolbar as shown in the following image Human Resources Main Yiew Refresh every seconds Jf TurnOver Ratios By Branch Plant Position Employed Resigned Terminated i Location Description Count Count Count TotalPersonell Tu Cross Reference files Quality Assurance Sales Orders BOS Line Worker 8 3 1 12 Plant Manager 1 0 0 i Technician 9 2 1 12 TOTAL BOS 18 5 2 25 Tip If you want to edit the refresh value deselect the Refresh check box type a new value then select the check box again Viewing List and Folder Block Items List and folder block items appear as hyperlinks in Dashboard To view a list or folder block item click the hyperlink or select the Run or Go To option from the menu The output appears in a separate browser window unless an Output block window has been created in the content page you are viewing If an Output block has been created the output appears there When a list or folder block appears an icon precedes each report The following table shows a list of icons with its corresponding descriptions Hyperlinks and launch forms 9 Internet hyperlinks Report Procedures that do not require input or launch forms and for procedures designated Run Only as a Deferred Report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 73 Us
67. is changed the new primary sort becomes your choice but the secondary sort is always fixed as Date Time Submitted To resort the list select the Sort by option lt Date default 4 Description Domain WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 113 Deferred Report Status Interface Features 4 Server ID This does not actually appear as a column For more information see Special Behavior for Sorting by WebFOCUS Reporting Server User ID on page 118 You can optionally change the sort order ascending or descending by clicking the Reverse A Sort Order A button which toggles between A to Z and Z to A Note When the sort value is Date the sort order option A to Z means from new to old and not alphabetical from A to Z To see the results of the new sort options click Refresh Deferred Report Status 114 The status of deferred requests are organized under the following sections within the Interface Completed Indicates that the Deferred Receipt request has finished processing 4 Running Indicates that the Deferred Receipt request is processing Queued Indicates that the Deferred Receipt request is queued for processing q Unknown Indicates that the Deferred Receipt request cannot be identified This can occur when the file containing the deferred report results cannot be found For more information see Deferred Report Expiration Setting on page 117 The following image shows a sample Deferred Report Sta
68. manually modifying the HTML that generates the Mobile Favorites portal pages It is important to note that changes should be backed up prior to upgrades and hotfixes and then reapplied to the new files This can be done by comparing the previous version to the new version The files that can be modified are found in the ibi WebFOCUS7 7 webapps webfocus worp jsp mobile directory These files represent the HTML presented to the user as part of logging in showing Mobile Favorites list page as well as an error page To customize the style sheet you can modify the worp_mobile css file which is found in the ibi WebFOCUS77 ibi_html javaassist worp css directory Note This can only be done by an administrator Adding a Corporate Branding Adding a corporate logo can be accomplished by replacing the filler image file mylogo gif found in the ibi WebFOCUS7 7 ibi_html javaassist images logos directory with any desired image Therefore the replacing image should also be renamed to mylogo gif However should a different image type be used then this can be added by placing the image in this same folder and then manually modifying the Mobile Favorite jsp pages found in the ibi WebFOCUS77 webapps webfocus worp jsp mobile directory In the MobileList MobileError and MobileLogin files is the line of code String CORPORATE_IMG_SRC WORP_AssetsManager getAssetHREF img_logos mylogo gif request getContextPath where mylogo gif can be replaced wit
69. normally appears in the pop up menu is taken when a user clicks an item For Standard Reports the default action is Run Other non default actions for example Run Deferred are not available when the enable menu option is set to No The No setting does not affect the pop up menu shown for Banner links If the enable menu option is set to Yes a user can select menu event type options that control how the pop up menu is displayed The menu event type options available in the drop down list are On Right Click and On Hover On Right Click is the default setting which causes the pop up menu to be displayed using the right mouse button instead of the left mouse button Additionally selecting this option enables a user to perform the default option when left clicking the mouse while also viewing the pop up menu with a right click The On Hover setting enables a user to view the pop up menu when the mouse pointer hovers over an item that yields a menu Note Popup Menu settings affect how the pop up menu is displayed for the Domain Tree and the Role Tree The Banner Link items which include Tools Personalize Utilities and Help are accessed only by Left Click Popup Menu settings also affect the display of Domain items in a List or Folder block At the bottom of the Personalize Options window there are buttons you can use to Save Set Defaults Reset and Cancel Establishing Site Defaults for Personalize Options The Personalize Options sett
70. of that measure Place your mouse over either half of the diamond to see a message that indicates the next sort order that will occur if you click that half of the diamond Sorting a Measure From High to Low in the Report The following is an example of sorting a measure from high to low in the report 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 The OLAP report shows sales information sorted by quarter store and product type You are interested in seeing where the greatest quantity of goods have been sold WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 2 Click the top half of the diamond button next to the Quantity measure as shown in the following image to sort the values from high to low Line Store Cost Of QUARTER Name Product Type Goods Sold Q1 AY VideoTown Analog 3 969 296 00 Digital 5 109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 16 467 146 00 Digital 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 1 315 015 00 Digital 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 1 542 036 00 Digital 3 251 090 00 TY Ci Analog 3 772 119 00 Digital 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 124 366 00 Digital 190 201 00 eMart Analog 21 152 262 00 Digital 24 990 368 00 AY VideoTown Analog 2 663 655 00 Digital 5 928 507 00 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 161 Sorting Data Procedure 162 As shown in the following image the report now shows data values for the Quantity measure in descending order The top half of the diamond next to Qua
71. one of the following options based on how the data file is created 4 Auto generate field names the default Use this option if your data file does not contain field names in the first row Each data column will be assigned a field name which can then be customized as described below I First row contains field names Use this option if your data file contains field names in the first row Please note in this case the first row will not be included in the uploaded data file Instead the Upload File Utility will extract the first row to assign as field names in the Master File created during the upload process Field names can be customized as described below 6 Click Next at the bottom of the Upload Data File dialog box The second page of the Upload Data File dialog box as shown in the following image appears for you to review and customize the file conversion options Z Upload Data File Microsoft Internet Explorer Field Name FIELD Type Alphanumeric X Alias FIELD Format A50 z Am FIELD AREA SEARCH Account Account Wildcard Sales Rep First Name Account Wildcard Sales Rep Last Name Account Wildcard City Account Exact State Account Editable Resource First Name Contact Wildcard Last Name Contact Wildcard 54 File Name App Directory Choose a directory a Lx lt Back Next gt Cancel a WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard
72. or Food category would satisfy the criterion for this report The filtering criteria box at the bottom of the Filters window displays the logical relationship between criteria Notice that the word or is added to clarify this relationship Complex Filtering Criteria How to Run Procedures With Filters Complex filtering criteria consists of selecting at least one filter from multiple filter groups Data must match one filter from each filter group to be included in a report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 313 Filtering Data Procedure 314 For example if you select the Gifts filter from the Choose a Product filter group and the West filter from the Choose a Region filter group data must match both filters to be included in your report Therefore only Gifts purchased in the West will be displayed by WebFOCUS In this example the phrase And any of the following West is added to the filtering criteria box to clarify the logical relationships in the filtering criteria How to Run Procedures With Filters To run a procedure with a filter in Managed Reporting your Administrator must create a report with filters attached The filters that your Administrator attaches are grouped in categories and displayed under the filter group folders 1 From the Domains Interface double click the desired Domain name WebFOCUS displays the contents of the selected Domain in the right pane of the Domains Interface 2
73. pane click the arrow to the left of the Measures control 2 Click the check box beside each numeric measure to which you want to add a bar graph The check mark in the box is replaced with the Graph icon 3 Click Run The new report appears with the associated bar graphs Procedure How to Apply Bar Graphs to Measures Using the Control Panel 1 Click the OLAP button in the OLAP selections pane to open the OLAP Control Panel The Measures box appears in the lower right corner 2 If Stack Measures is applied to the report click the Stack Measures check box to turn off this feature 3 To apply data visualization bar graphs to a measure click the check box to the left of the measure To apply data visualization graphs to a non displaying measure click the check box twice WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 257 Associating Bar Graphs With Measures The check mark in the box is replaced with the Graph icon This icon indicates that data visualization bar graphs are applied to the measure If you have not done so in step two this also deactivates the Stack Measures feature You can apply data visualization bar graphs to as many numeric measures as you want After you select all the measures for which you want to display bar graphs click Run The new report output appears with the associated bar graphs To continue to modify the report either data visualization or another OLAP configuration click the OLAP b
74. pane are implemented immediately in the Control Panel even if the Control Panel is closed and changes made in the Control Panel are reflected immediately in the Selections pane From the report you can limit data indirectly by drilling down on measures and dimensions to hone in on a subset of information For details see Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures on page 147 Selection Criteria Relational Operators You can define selection criteria in the Selections pane or Control Panel using several relational operators which are shown in the following tables The first column displays the operator and the second column provides a description of the operator WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Operator Displays Records That Are equal to the criteria you specified Equal to i This is the default operator Are not equal to the criteria you specified Not Equal to Are less than or equal to the criteria you specified Are less than but not equal to the criteria you Less than specified Are greater than or equal to the criteria you specified Greater than or equal to 7 p Are greater than but not equal to the criteria you gt Contain the criteria you specified Contains Note This operator is available only for alphanumeric fields Net contain Do not contain the criteria you specified Note This operator is available only for alphanumeric fields Note You can select more
75. reveal a trend Store E QUARTER Name PRODTYPE uanti Line Costs of Goods Sold a1 AV VideoTown Analog 35 255 8 850 654 08 W Digital 42 423 11 368 866 22 E Audio Expert Analog 149 918 36 160 817 58 EE Digital 202 488 55 513 860 29 M City Video Analo 12 014 2 934 173 67 Digital 13 747 3 576 721 79 ff Consumer Analog 13 341 3 354 737 82 l Merchandise Digital 28 577 7 615 056 30 W Ty City Analo 36 467 8 401 966 46 W Digital 78 920 22 653 221 65 i Web Sales Analo 1 090 359 785 82 Digital 1 658 556 750 75 eMart Analog 185 637 46 482 367 45 ME Digital 206 791 55 576 175 93 M Q2 AV VideoTown Analog 22 525 5 635 67015 E Digital 2 314 12 710 259 47 E Audio Expert Analo 110 762 25 053 803 36 E Digital 212 919 59 768 999 15 MEM 4 Sort the data by highest value by either right clicking Line Cost of Goods Sold and choosing Sort by Highest or clicking the Up arrow the tool tip reads Sort LINE_COG highest to lowest WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 131 We Do It Every Day Typical Web Query As shown in the following image the report shows that Audio Expert has the highest sales in the digital product lines in Quarters 1 and 2 with eMart trailing slightly Each value under the QUARTER Store Name and PRODTYPE column is hyperlinked for more details Biquarter Si store Name Biproprvpe S quantity Line cost of Goods Sold Q2 mmm Audio Expert Digital 111
76. save Deferred Report output WebFOCUS removes the report from the Deferred Report Status Interface and creates a new group folder Deferred Reports Output on the My Reports tab WebFOCUS then saves the Deferred Report output to this group folder WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting There is one Deferred Reports Output group folder for each domain Report output contained within the Deferred Reports Output folder is static and can only be viewed WebFOCUS disables the Run Deferred option for any report contained in the Deferred Receipt Report Output group Procedure How to Save a Deferred Receipt Report 1 Open a domain 2 Select the Standard Reports or My Reports tab 3 Click Deferred Status The Deferred Report Status Interface opens Select a Deferred Receipt report from the Completed tab Click Save in the Options column for this report WebFOCUS saves the Deferred Receipt report results to the My Reports tab and the Deferred Reports Output group folder and deletes the Deferred Receipt report from the Deferred Report Status Interface The My Report name is the description that WebFOCUS displayed in the Deferred Report Status Interface as well as the date and time the My Report was created 6 Close the Deferred Report Status Interface Reviewing Deferred Request Parameters How to Retrieve Deferred Receipt Request Parameters You can review or change parameters and then resubmit a Deferred Receipt report
77. shown in the following image ST http mobilefaves ibi com ibi_apps mobile Q Logot Mobile Favorites Call Center Operations 3 Call Center Help 3 Dashboard Detail Analysis 3 Reason Detail redictive Analytics 3 Insurance Fraud 3 Insurance Fraud Help 3 Loan Defaults 3 Loan Defaults Help The interface is styled similar to a mobile web app with button and page titles at the top main content in the middle and branding at the bottom The main content is scrollable within the title and branding frames In most devices this requires only one finger to scroll but some devices like Apple devices require a two finger scroll In addition this interface is optimized for mobile devices but still can be accessed from desktop browsers However desktop browsers like Firefox may require you to use keyboard arrow buttons Mobile Favorites links are organized by their domain based folders and will be listed in alphabetical order This is similar to the behavior experienced with the Mobile Faves app 3 Click the desired link to view that report item for example Detail Analysis WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 85 Mobile Favorites Reference 86 The report item opens as shown in the following image Report 933 of 933 records Page 1 of 47 a WebFOCUS Active Report Disconnected Analy 01 0 15 Minutes 02 16 30 Minutes 03 31 45 Minutes 04 46 60 Minu
78. so lt If the heading in a procedure contains a single quotation mark and the procedure is run in a Dashboard that is configured with SiteMinder a message appears This occurs because SiteMinder is configured by default to block a single quotation mark in a query string WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Procedure How to Create or Delete a My Report in Dashboard 1 In the Domain Tree expand the Reporting Objects folder then expand the desired subfolder 2 Right click a Reporting Object and select InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant Note The reporting tools available depend upon the WebFOCUS Client license key configuration and the Dashboard configuration set by your Managed Reporting Administrator If InfoAssist was used to create the Reporting Object then the only reporting tool available from this option list will be InfoAssist 3 Create the report For details on using 4 InfoAssist see the InfoAssist User s Manual Power Painter see the Creating Compound Reports With Power Painter manual 4 Report Assistant see the Creating Reports With Report Assistant manual 4 Graph Assistant see the Creating Charts With Graph Tools manual 4 Select the domain in which you want to save the report from the Look in drop down menu in the InfoAssist or Power Painter Save dialog box or from the Save in drop down menu in the Report Assistant or Graph Assistant Save dialog box and click Save Note
79. store in Q2 y Measures v Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name YEAR QUARTER all v F all Audio Expert v F all Q2 MONTH Product Type Product Category Product Name All Digital w All ll v h 4 e oap Pp Run r Reset r Save _ Help Quantity m CD Players DB Camcorders O Cameras T Digital Tape Recorders Line Cost Of E Product Category Quantity Goods Sold CD Players 16 328 1 616 472 00 Camcorders 12 841 9 159 550 00 305 60 695 00 13 959 2 669 901 00 20 206 2022 2240 Procedure How to Graph a Measure From the Control Panel 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP4 2 Open the Control Panel 3 Select the Show Graph check pane located below the Measures Properties pane Note that the contents of the Drill Down and Drill Across panes determine the X axis fields When there are multiple drill X axis fields multiple graphs appear vertically stacked in the same frame The measures appear as Y axis fields on the graphs you display 4 Click the Graph icon adjacent to the Show Graph check pane The Measures and GraphStyle pane opens Check panes associated with the available measures are unchecked by default 5 Click one of the seven icons at the bottom of the window to set a controlling graph style 224 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 6 Select the check pane s for the meas
80. than one value using the same relational operator The following table lists and describes relational operators that are available for selecting a range of dates Operator Displays Records Where R ee The value in the indicated date field falls within the Within range specified range Note To use this relational operator you must select the Range check pane in the Date Selection panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 193 Limiting Data Operator Displays Records Where The value in the indicated date field does not fall within the specified range Not within range Note To use this relational operator you must select the Range check pane in the Date Selection panel Procedure How to Apply Selection Criteria From the Selections Pane When the Selections pane is turned on there is one control drop down list for every dimension in the OLAP hierarchy Note that the name of the dimension field appears as defined in the Master File even if an alternate column title has been specified To limit data for the dimensions that are included in the report 1 Click the arrow to the right of the dimension to open the list of values 2 Select one or more values from the list All is the default value To select multiple values click the desired values while holding the Ctrl key on the keyboard 3 Select a relational operator from the button to the left of the dimension to indicate the basis
81. the Report Example 1 2 4 Enter the string in the Search input box Click Match Case if you want to perform a case sensitive search Notice that the WebFOCUS Viewer displays the Match Case button with a red line across it to indicate that it is active To begin your search click a Search Backward to search for the string from the current page back to the first page or b Find to search from the current page to the end of your report The WebFOCUS Viewer searches the report and underlines the first occurrence of the string Click Find again to search for another occurrence of the string Using the Viewer Control Panel to Search You want to use the Viewer Control Panel to navigate a long report called Coffee Sales to find occurrences of the string Kona a type of coffee that you sell After you run the report WebFOCUS displays the first page of the report in the Viewer WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 267 Using the Viewer Control Panel 1 To search for sales of Kona type Kona in the input box and click Find as shown in the following image PAGE 1 Product Unit Order Order Ordered Code Price Product Number Date Units B141 58 00 Hazelnut 1 01 01 96 300 2 01 01 96 117 16 01 01 96 285 17 01 01 96 140 31 01 01 96 349 46 01 01 96 240 61 01 01 96 509 76 01 01 96 358 91 01 01 96 179 106 01 01 96 583 121 01 01 96 Eti 136 01 01 96 448 151 01 01 96 267 166 01 01
82. the Save In drop down menu you can navigate to the xxxxxx folder where you want to save the report Note 4 The Save In drop down menu is a list of domains that you are authorized to save to The Save In value that appears when the Save Parameters Dialog box initially opens is the Saved Parameters folder under the domain where you ran the report Some domains may be restricted and not allow you to save My Reports In this case the OK button is not available to you it is greyed out When you select a domain where you are authorized to save My Reports then the OK button is available for selection 4 Type a name for the report and click OK The report is saved in the Saved Parameter Reports folder under My Reports WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 63 Stopping Requests in Dashboard Note You may need to click the refresh button circle with arrow in the toolbar to refresh the domain and view the new report Stopping Requests in Dashboard You can cancel all active Business Intelligence Dashboard requests that you initiated in your browser session on all available Reporting Servers To do this from the Dashboard banner click Utilities then select Stop Requests in the drop down menu A Stop Request information window opens and displays the status of the request Note If this option is not available see your Managed Reporting Administrator or Developer PowerPoint Integration With Dashboard 64 In this
83. the block is located Select the check box next to the list block you want to edit Click Edit Block The Edit Block window opens You can also access the Edit Block window directly from Dashboard by clicking the Edit Zi icon for the content block you wish to edit In the Content List select the item you want to remove Click Remove Click Save Procedure How to Change the Block Contents 1 2 3 From the Content window select the content page where the block is located Select the check box next to the block you want to edit Click Edit Block The Edit Block window opens You can also access the Edit Block window directly from Dashboard by clicking the Edit icon for the content block you wish to edit Select a domain from the drop down list and click Submit You can also add items to a content block using Domain Search For details see How to Add Items to a Content Block Using Domain Search on page 101 Navigate to the item you want to add in the Domain Tree Click the item or folder to add it to the Content List Note The block name may be overwritten with the name of the Domain item you select You can change the block name after selecting content Click Save WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 105 Editing a Content Block Procedure How to Change the Name of a Content Block Procedure 1 2 3 From the Content window select the content page where the content block is located
84. the following image scroll bars appear in the launch block Product Orders Shipped by Manufacturing Plant and scroll buttons appear in the toolbar for the folder block Product Analysis If your view of Dashboard contains a Role Tree it appears in the same area as the Domain Tree You can toggle between the Domain Tree and Role Tree by clicking the button to the left of the Refresh Contents icon in the Domain Tree Role Tree title bar Domain Tree Logoff Accessibility On Tree Tools Recent Favorites Views Personalize Utilities Help Domains Century Corp Infarmation a Standard Reports Builders B E Reporting Objects E My Reports Welcome to the Dashboard Shared Reports i Product Analysis Public Regional Product Sales MES IA PA M Product Analysis O Fa EX fe Sales Support A E Product Analysis Breakdown of Product Revenue Products Orders Shipped By Manufacturing Plant For 1999 Bar Graph with Drill Down Cost of Goods Sold Analysis 5 Product F a Excel 2000 PivotTable Manufacturing Plant Category Line Total Quantity za Orders by Product Category Croan fence alee a for Selected Quality Assurance a Dimension Launch Form Human Resources Units Sold by Product for 2001 BOS CD Players 6 413 445 43 821 Graph Camcorders 56 146 051 135 566 Cameras 2 623 813 23 324 DVD 7 320 732 29 909 Digital Tape Recorders 6 236 611 76 448 PDA Devices 41 603 377 101 089 VCRs 4 402 612 28 998 Cross Re
85. the second column Calculation Function o Average Sum Computes the average sum of squares for standard deviation in statistical of Squares analysis Computes the average value of the field Counts the number of occurrences of the field Count Counts the number of distinct values within a field when using REMOTE Distinct For other modes of operation this behaves like Count Maximum Generates the maximum value of the field Minimum Generates the minimum value of the field Percent Computes the percent of a field based on the total values for the field The Percent can be used with detail as well as summary fields Percent Computes the percent of a field based on the number of instances found Count Row Computes the percent of a field based on the total values for the field across a row Summarize Sums the number of occurrences of the field Total Counts the occurrences of the field for use in a heading includes footings subheads and subfoots 188 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Applying a Percent Calculation to a Measure Example The following is an example of applying a percent calculation to a measure 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP6 The report shows Quantity and Line Cost of Goods Sold sorted by plant and product category with a subtotal at each sort break You want to create a report column that shows the percent of total sales for each plant report image B PLANT
86. type additional comments For example you may want to introduce each new line with the comment characters or you may want to insert comments to describe different sections of code Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE 304 How to Incorporate a Custom Report or My Report With INCLUDE Incorporate a Shared Report With INCLUDE Incorporate a Standard Report With INCLUDE Reference Considerations When Using INCLUDE With ReportCaster You can insert a procedure within another procedure using the INCLUDE command When you name a Custom Report Managed Reporting creates the file name in the format of username userfolder fexname which tells Managed Reporting where to find the file The file name appears in the Properties dialog box and is the value to specify when you reference a Custom Report with INCLUDE Note that there are file naming rules that replace most non alphanumeric characters and modify the file name when necessary For more information see Repository File Name Processing in the Additional Administration Topics chapter of the WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Administrator s Manual Note Only Analytical Users that have been granted Advanced capability Administrators and Developers who have the Advanced capability by default can create Custom Reports WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting The following image shows the Properties dialog box for a Custom Report with a file name of admin admin cust
87. under Quantity as shown in the following image Line Cost Of E Product Type Quantity Goods Sold Analog 147 35 280 00 Digital 299 504 00 PRODTYPE Digital serves as the limiting criterion Therefore the expanded hierarchy shows the next level of detail for each digital product This level is comprised of digital product categories PRODCAT and the names of the products in each category Product Names WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 153 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures Example 154 The report displays as shown in the following image the detailed data for each element in the PRODTYPE dimension in this case the product categories and product names that comprise the quantity figure of 1 426 The total quantity and correspondingly the line cost of goods data is now broken down by product 2 PRODCAT 2 Product Name E Quantity 2 Line Cost Of Goods Sold DYD Combo Player 4 Hd YCR DYD 147 42 483 00 DVD Upgrade Unit for Cent VCR 147 20 433 00 Digital Tape Recorders R5 Micro Digital Tape Recorder 566 39 054 00 PDA Devices ZT Digital PDA Commercial 566 197 534 00 Note that when you drill down on a measure value results may differ depending on the combination of sort fields in the report The examples that follow show several variations Drilling Down on a Measure in a Report With ACROSS Fields When you drill down on a measure in a report with at least one dimension Across f
88. up at AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22 206 5 109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 6 287 1 315 015 00 Digital 7 196 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Digital 14 957 3 251 090 00 Ty Ci Analog 19 077 3 772 119 00 Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 AY VideoTown Analog 11 781 2 663 655 00 Digital 27 377 928 507 00 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 11 868 758 00 Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 City Video Analog 1 405 285 323 00 The Quarterly information is spread out over the leftmost column You can try a horizontal display to make comparison easier WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 129 We Do It Every Day Typical Web Query 130 2 Drag and drop QUARTER above the report The report changes immediately and appears as shown in the following image across the top of the report with the Quantity and Line Cost of Goods Sold columns repeating for each quarter The store information is more compact but it is not easier to identify the store with the best sales record so drag QUARTER back to its original position Drag Quarter back 3j Store Name gq PRODTYPE AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise Ty Ci web Sales eMart BS quarter a Quantity 18 44
89. up menu functionality and select from several other user options Setting user options is not available for Public or Group views 90 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Reference Personalize Options Window To personalize your Dashboard view access the Personalize Options window shown in the following image by selecting the Personalize link in the banner and then selecting Options from the submenu that appears General Settings Maximum number of recent items Maximum number of domain search items Allow multiple reports execution window Mobile Favorites Email Sent Domain Tree Available Domains Favorite Domains WORP Domain Search A K Peer Graphics WORP Domain Search B L Knowledge Mapping WORP Domain Search C WORF Domain Search D WORP Public Popup Menu Enable menu Menu eventtype On Right Click The Personalize Options window contains the following three sections General Settings Domain Tree and Popup Menu 4 The General Settings section enables you to set the following 4 Maximum number of recent report items that can be displayed default is 25 4 Maximum number of domain search items that can be displayed default is 10 4 Allow multiple reports execution window When set to No the default if you are not using an Output block a new browser window opens when a report is run When set to Yes additional reports open in and reuse any existing browser w
90. was by far the top seller cy Product Name 2 Quantity 3 Line Cost Of Goods Sold ZT Digital PDA Commercial 12 433 4 339 117 00 D ZC Digital PDA Standard 4 327 1 077 423 00 B Let us now see what drove digital sales at eMart the second highest producer 9 Click the Back arrow in the browser until you return to the following window This time click eMart as shown in the following image Bimonty Bi store Name Biproptvee Slquantity l Line cost of Goods Sold 06 Audio Expert Digital 42 473 11 119 112 00 M 06 eMart Digital 45 895 10 518 058 00 ME 05 Audio Expert Click Digital 36 505 5 930 974 00 M 04 Audio Expert SMEM Digital 32 443 20141400 ME 04 eMart Digital 35 336 7 797 162 00 ME 05 emar Digital 33 871 6 656 292 00 BE 04 emar Analog 27 584 6 061 370 00 ME 05 eMart Analog 24 253 5728 792 00 ME 04 Audio Expert Analog 24 312 5 087 601 00 BE 06 eMart Analog 22 900 4 999 241 00 B 05 Audio Expert Analog 17 073 3 606 229 00 EE 06 Audio Expert Analog 16 559 3 174 928 00 E Once again the digital category leads sales 134 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 10 Click Digital as shown in the following image 2j PRODTYPE E Quantity 3 Line Cost Of Goods Sold Digital amp 45 895 10 519 058 00 ME Analog Click 22 900 499924100 J Digital PDA is the strong seller here too 1L Click PDA Devices as shown in the following image to examine the models that comprise these sa
91. 0 T 206 292 00 184 622 00 97 602 00 11 444 00 Bar graphs that project above the zero line represent positive values while bar graphs that project below the zero line represent negative values 4 Horizontal Bar Graph You can apply a horizontal bar graph to report columns The report output displays a horizontal bar graph in a new column to the right of the associated data values as shown in the following image City Budget Dollars Dollar Sales DIFFERENCE Atlanta 4 247 597 00 4 100 107 00 147 490 00 MEE Boston 3 818 397 00 3 707 986 00 110 411 00 EEE Chicago 3 866 856 00 3 924 401 00 57 545 00 E Houston 3 680 679 00 3 714 978 00 34 299 00 W Los Angeles 3 669 484 00 3 772 014 00 102 530 00 WENE Memphis 3 689 979 00 3 687 057 00 2 922 00 New Haven 3 832 202 00 3 782 049 00 50 153 00 il New York 3 926 333 00 3 902 275 00 24 058 00 M Orlando 3 870 405 00 3 923 215 00 52 810 00 E San Francisco 3 916 863 00 3 870 258 00 46 605 00 il Seattle 4 055 166 00 4 010 685 00 44 481 00 W St Louis 3 646 838 00 3 761 286 00 114 443 00 I Bar graphs that project to the right of the zero line represent positive values while bar graphs that project to the left of the zero line represent negative values 252 WebFOCUS 6 Visualizing Trends in Reports The length of each vertical or horizontal bar graph is proportional to the magnitude of its associated data value The shortest bar gra
92. 00 Ty Ci Analog 19 077 3 772 119 00 Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 Q2 AV VideoTown Analog 114781 2 663 655 00 Digital 27 377 5 928 507 00 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 11 868 758 00 Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 You want to sort by month within each quarter 2 Click the square button next to QUARTER to open the Control Panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 239 Adding and Removing Dimensions 3 In the Control Panel a Click in the Drill Down panel to activate the buttons immediately above the pane b Expand the Time Period dimension and click MONTH It is added to the bottom of the Drill Down list c Click the Shift Up arrow twice to move MONTH below QUARTER as shown in the following image x Z WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Location Y Time Period E YEAR Values B QUARTER Values E MONTH Values P Product Dimension ey 14 Drill Across Shift Up X Remove Shift Down g Pivot Drill Down Measures T QUARTER M Quantity eta V Line Cost Of Goods Sold T Store Name T Product Type rs inl Stack Measures I Show Graph Run j P Save Ph Help j Pselection Criteria 4 Click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel 240 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report
93. 00 Merchandise Digital 3 580 800 913 00 3 232 766 052 00 Tv Ci Analog 3 257 683 014 00 7959 1 466 033 00 Digital 6 281 1 470 194 00 14 269 3 761 723 00 Web Sales Analog 86 18 889 00 165 37 831 00 Digital 136 33 877 00 204 47 392 00 leMart Analog 6 407 1 282 935 00 44 944 9 869 545 00 Digital 10 737 2 632 355 00 42 786 9 826 681 00 Procedure How to Sort by a Field Without Displaying the Sort Column To use a field to sort your data but not show the sort field as a column in the report 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 Select a field in the Drill Down or Drill Across pane 3 Click the Sort button The sort pane opens 4 Under Sort Order click the Hide check pane 5 Click OK The main Control Panel window reopens 6 Click Run to execute the report Tip To expose the hidden sort field repeat the process and deselect the Hide check pane 182 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Example Sorting by a Hidden Field The following is an example of sorting by a hidden field 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 The first sort field in the report is QUARTER You want to retain the sorting but not display this field Click the square icon next to QUARTER to open the Control Panel Select QUARTER in the Drill Down pane then click the Sort button The sort pane opens Select the Hide check pane as shown in the following image WebFOCUS OLAP Windows Internet Explorer Go
94. 00000000 200000000 100000000 Region The PowerPoint Options pop up menu appears as shown in the following image a PowerPoint Options O ial New PowerPoint Presentation oe Open existing presentation Insert As Live MS Graph Graph Type Clustered Column OK Cancel 2 Select either New PowerPoint presentation or Open existing presentation 3 Select the desired Graph Type from the drop down list 4 Ifyou selected New PowerPoint presentation a new PowerPoint file is created and the graph is placed in the first slide of the new presentation WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 67 Running Deferred Reports If you selected Open existing presentation use the dialog box that appears to browse your desktop and select an existing PowerPoint file then in the dialog box that appears use the Object Insertion Position drop down list to select New Slide or an existing slide if you want to overlay existing content and click OK Adjusting Browser Security to Use the PowerPoint ActiveX Control How to Adjust ActiveX Browser Security Settings Because WebFOCUS utilizes ActiveX to integrate PowerPoint and Internet Explorer you have to adjust your browser security settings to use the PowerPoint ActiveX control Procedure How to Adjust ActiveX Browser Security Settings 1 In Internet Explorer from the main menu at the top of the browser Select Tools then Internet Options Selec
95. 001 06 24 7108 Al 2001 06 28 6645 ll 7669 ul 2001 07 01 7112 al 7239 al Mechanical Failure 2001 06 09 6800 al Date Problem R 2001 06 06 The date element appears at the bottom of the window WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 213 Limiting Data TL To view the range of dates click the arrow in the drop down list Remote Failure 2001 06 08 6637 A 7661 1 6798 i 7822 a 2001 06 15 6748 T TAF nf 2001 06 29 6805 7829 1 6749 al Ti73 i 2001 07 02 7010 1 113 T 2001 07 06 6649 a Date Problem R 2001 06 06 z Procedure How to Add Dates to the Selections List pane 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Click Selection Criteria to open the Selection Criteria pane 3 Click the Select button to open the Date selection pane 4 Specify the date you want to add by using the spin buttons drop down lists or by typing the value 5 Click Add The date appears inside the Selections list pane 6 Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane Procedure How to Delete Dates From the Selections List pane 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Click Selection Criteria to open the Selection Criteria pane 3 Click Select to open the Date selection pane 214 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 4 Select one or more dates that you want to remove from the Selections list pane 5 Click Delete to remove the date 6 Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane Reference Date Fo
96. 02 applying to OLAP reports 196 deleting 200 OLAP and 145 Selections pane and 195 selection criteria pane 196 Selections Criteria pane in Control Panel 197 Selections list box 214 deleting dates 214 Selections pane 142 shared reports 16 31 47 49 50 283 288 289 290 291 copying 50 290 editing 50 290 291 running 283 Shared Reports folder 31 Shared Reports tab 289 Show Graph check box 224 smart dates 215 Sort check box 162 329 Index sort order 161 184 186 grouping numeric data 184 186 sorting 159 sorting by column values in OLAP reports 159 162 163 164 165 sorting by hidden fields in OLAP reports 182 sorting deferred reports 112 113 114 118 sorting in OLAP reports 144 156 159 163 164 165 182 sorting measures 141 159 sorting OLAP data 131 159 sorting reports 156 OLAP and 156 specifying date ranges 201 Stack Measures check box 227 stacking measures 147 227 in OLAP reports 147 Standard Reports 16 31 114 280 281 filtering 281 running 280 281 static reports 16 StyleSheets 139 OLAP hyperlinks and 139 StyleSheets and 139 suppressing subtitles 159 162 T text editor 45 in Dashboard 45 three state check box 257 TILE column 184 186 tile fields 184 186 toolbar options 278 330 toolbars 107 toolbars in Dashboard 28 Tools link 74 tree blocks 28 Tree link 74 trends 215 216 displaying as graphs 215 displaying in graphs 216 U uploading d
97. 1 043 859 00 299100 120 VHS C Camcorder 40 X 796 943 00 1 227 723 00 430780 150 8MIM Camcorder 20 X 1 303 440 00 1 732 489 00 429049 2 Hd VCR LCD Menu 185 889 00 257 939 00 72050 250 8MM Camcorder 40 X 251 520 00 313 614 00 62094 330DX Digital Camera 1024K P 32 437 00 45 477 00 13040 650DL Digital Camcorder 150 X 940 750 00 1 191 175 00 250425 750SL Digital Camcorder 300 X 105 750 00 140 859 00 35109 AR2 35MM Camera 8 X 64 385 00 88 835 00 24450 AR3 35MM Camera 10 X 13 395 00 18 189 00 4794 Combo Player 4 Hd VCR DVD 1 166 404 00 1 610 364 00 443960 DVD Upgrade Unit for Cent VCR 754 909 00 1 080 769 00 325860 QX Portable CD Player 245 916 00 419 796 00 173880 R5 Micro Digital Tape Recorder 297 459 00 383 679 00 86220 ZC Digital PDA Standard 233 313 00 280 163 00 46850 ZT Digital PDA Commercial 1 376 805 00 1 968 555 00 591750 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Ei Help 259 Associating Bar Graphs With Measures 260 To associate data visualization bar graphs with the Profit column 1 Click the Measures drop down list in the report or open the OLAP Control Panel by clicking the OLAP button as shown in the following image xj Messures y Y Graph V cost ra PRICE v Profit The check marks indicate that the measures will appear in the report output Click the Profit check box again The following image shows the Measures drop down list in the OLAP
98. 2 Using DASH Gar siisiscsiisisncstcsdsscacitessecsdunavescasduaseuisnaincatiunnsusivabanwuiuassuaisasuananian 21 Opening Dashboard rie ssccdncces cocci clddecenide hanadd cece ds eatagdededabelateadeseteldeesSecwescucbaeusteomeelctaceuae 22 Library Only User LOBON 0 0 ccceccecececeeceseececececeentoneceusceceuatceceteucecetenceceuenescavedesees 25 Required Browser SettingS 0 00 cccccscceceseesecsceeeeseseecceeseecceateecceesoesceeeuscoeeeeccenecsesteaserens 25 Recommended Browser Settings cccsccccececcececeecececeececeececeeseeececueceseeueceeesueseeseeeseseraes 26 Personalizing Your DaShbOard ccccccecccececcececeecececeececuecececuesececuesecesuesesesuesesseeesesenees 28 Dashboard LayO Utes cscs cesuee sve iecere a aE eE iE E EE E E EEEE E ENEE 28 Selecting a DOMAIN peirie t ra a a eE E EE EE E ee ed 30 Using Domain Tree Items 2 cc cececeeceeeecececcecececcececeecececeecucececcacecsecececcececerceceresceeenes 31 Loading Domain Tree FOICers ccceccccecececeesececeecececuececeeeecucueseaucueseaesuesusesensesenes 35 Using Filters in DaShbOardwesceicwiccccivwecsvcawecsie cvecaueseeoniwareeaseeduvavessuveveseweodesewedeeceawoave las 36 Signing ON tO a SCIVES c cccceccececneceeecaeceeeececeecececeececeeuececueceeesueseceeeeseeeeeeseseseesesenaes 37 Creating Reports in DaShbOard cccccececeececeecececeecececeeceeceeecueseaucuececuceesesecueseeeeeesesenaes 37 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting
99. 246 786 3 145 500 1 701 856 2 382 598 1 731 460 2 424 044 3 013 211 4 218 495 1 641 583 2 298 216 2 961 112 4 145 557 In the new report the RISK_CLASS and Continent fields are removed based on two internally generated criteria IF RISK_CLASS EQ Low and IF Continent EQ AMERICAS WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 155 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures Example 156 The only dimension element under RISK_CLASS is Risk_Factor The dimension elements under Continent are Region and Country These become By fields in the new report from left to right The data displayed for the measures in the resulting report are those that satisfy the values in the current By fields Drill Down on a Measure When BY ACROSS Fields Are Under the Same Dimension When you drill down on a measure in a report with at least one By and one Across dimension field under the same root dimension both the By and Across fields are hidden and the subordinate element s in the same dimension becomes By fields in the new report In effect the report is filtered based on the values of the dimensions As a result the sorting controlled by both hidden and visible dimensions remains in effect 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP4 In the report Continent is a By field and Region is an Across field Both are in the Geographic Area dimension 2 Click the CANADA_DOLLAR value of 56 280 934 in the Continent row for AMERICAS under the Region CEN
100. 4 197 234 235 Control Panel 197 Selections pane 194 234 235 Mobile Favorites 81 82 83 86 accessing 82 accessing from a mobile device 83 adding report items 81 browser settings 86 sending e mail 82 MS Office output options 64 66 MSChart object 64 multiple content pages 96 multiple graphs OLAP and 224 My Reports 16 39 49 60 63 263 283 290 302 creating in Dashboard 39 deleting in Dashboard 39 editing 302 on demand paging 263 running 283 saving parameter selections 60 63 sharing 49 290 My Reports folder options 31 N NOPRINT measures 234 235 257 numeric data grouped in tiles 184 186 WebFOCUS 0 OCP OLAP Control Panel 17 254 data visualization and 254 OLAP 245 saving reports 245 OLAP Online Analytical Processing 127 OLAP analysis in reports 144 OLAP button 145 OLAP Control Panel 17 139 143 145 146 147 162 166 179 196 201 224 253 254 analysis and 146 data visualization and 253 254 Date Selection pane 201 graph pane 224 graphing results of a report request 224 opening 139 143 145 ordering data 166 pivoting data elements 179 selection criteria pane 196 sorting data elements 166 unique functions 147 OLAP data 137 159 OLAP data selection options 147 OLAP examples 129 OLAP graphs 216 OLAP hierarchies 137 140 defining in a Master File 137 defining in a procedure 137 OLAP hyperlinks 139 OLAP interface options 139 OLAP reports 140 144 156 157 159 162
101. 4 96 97 reporting objects 16 31 292 293 Reporting Objects folder 31 reports 37 50 113 114 129 137 139 251 266 267 280 285 286 287 290 291 292 302 copying 50 290 creating in Dashboard 37 creating temporary fields 280 data analysis 129 deferred 113 editing 50 290 291 302 OLAP enabling 137 139 running 280 saving 286 287 searching for 266 267 searching for information 129 viewing deferred output 114 viewing properties 285 286 visualizing trends in 251 reports folder options 31 repositioning dimensions 174 reversing order of data in OLAP reports 166 reviewing parameters 120 role trees 28 29 70 selecting 70 rows 179 pivoting sort fields in OLAP reports 179 running OLAP examples 129 S sample files for OLAP 129 saving deferred reports 112 116 122 saving OLAP reports 246 247 248 249 as Excel files 248 as My Reports 249 saving parameter selections 60 63 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Indexi saving reports 245 scroll bars 29 107 scroll buttons 107 scrolling 71 scrolling options 103 106 search engines 317 318 searching domains 75 76 77 78 searching for report data 127 129 searching the web 128 selecting OLAP tools 137 139 selection criteria 145 192 194 195 196 197 200 201 202 207 210 applying 192 195 196 197 applying from OLAP Selections pane 194 applying to a date range 192 196 207 210 applying to date elements 201 2
102. 4 Run Select to run your report and view the output Save Select to save your report 4 4 Save As Select to save your report with a new file name that you choose m Exit Select to exit the text editor Reference Edit Menu The Edit menu options are 4 Cut Use to cut text that you have highlighted within the Java Applet If you want to cut text from a Windows application use Ctrl X 4 Copy Use to copy text that you have highlighted within the Java Applet If you want to copy to or from a Windows application or the clipboard use Ctrl C Paste Use to paste text that you have either cut or copied within the Java Applet If you want to paste to or from a Windows application or the clipboard use Ctrl V WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 299 Creating Procedures With the Text Editor 300 uw Select All Use to select all of the text in your procedure Upper Case Selection Use to make all the selected text uppercase Lower Case Selection Use to make all the selected text lowercase Upper Case All Use to make all the text in your procedure uppercase Fixed Font The lowercase letter L and the number one 1 are formatted to look the same This also applies to the uppercase letter O and the number zero O Proportional Font The lowercase letter L and the number one 1 are formatted differently allowing the user to tell the difference between them This also applies to the uppercase let
103. 42 147 157 174 201 238 241 243 defining 201 deleting 241 243 dragging and dropping 142 drilling down on 147 exposing hidden 238 repositioning 174 display modes for measures 257 displaying graphs for OLAP reports 144 displaying measures 227 stacked 227 displaying OLAP graphs 216 displaying OLAP reports as HTML active reports 248 displaying stacked measures 227 domain search 75 76 77 78 98 101 adding items to content blocks 101 advanced 77 basic 76 Date Modified options 78 Domain Tree menu options 31 domain trees 28 30 31 51 upload data file 51 domains 16 30 75 277 280 313 314 317 318 running procedures with filters 313 314 running reports 280 searching 75 317 318 Domains Interface 277 drilling down in OLAP reports 144 drilling down on dimensions 137 139 147 324 drilling down on measures 137 139 147 152 154 156 dynamic server signon 37 E Edit button 71 Edit window 103 editor in Dashboard 45 elements in OLAP dimensions 140 166 reversing the order 166 empty blocks 94 end user reporting environments 19 EXL2K PIVOT format 101 in Dashboard 101 expiration settings for deferred reports 117 exposing hidden columns in OLAP reports 144 F Favorites link 74 79 81 Dashboard tab 79 Mobile tab 81 fields performing calculations in OLAP reports 188 filtering criteria 312 313 complex 313 simple 312 filters 36 280 281 312 313 314 315 in Dashboard 36 running repor
104. 5 w jw h fen o o lo c jo j joo j fw j fje fe jr m4 jo S j jke j jo ko o l a e o N j gt e jo ko fo fn fo h o fan o l jo l je fo jo See e eee e eof bo amp amp ls amp amp ob bob ef i lo b amp b bf az m ico mr s os oo D co co co B am 5 in 5 or ho co N wo oo ay iS 5 au ud M im c3 N ta cn ah 5 Cul fai ho i x oo m ax ho a tas mi Be th iS io uo ES mrd uo ms Ih cn T co ee iS 5 Line Cost Of Goods Sold 35 280 00 a a co 4 i io io w ico ho io ae 3 Click the 01 in the monthly report shown in the following image to see details for January WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in the following image the January report shows product type quantity and line cost of good sold for each store 2j Store Name cy PRODTYPE 3 Quantity Line Cost Of Goods Sold AY VideoTown Analog 147 35 280 00 Digital 1 426 299 504 00 Audio Expert Analog 44 061 2 281 228 00 Digital 14 062 3 432 741 00 City Video Analog 1 097 199 968 00 Digital 1 382 339 594 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 1 801 369 868 00 Digital 3 590 00 913 00 Ty City Analog 3 257 683 014 00 Digital 6 281 1 470 194 00 Web Sales Analog 86 18 889 00 Digital 136 33 877 00 eMart Analog 6 407 1 282 935 00 Digital 10 737 2 632 355 00
105. 5 64 66 75 77 94 browser settings 25 26 customizing 94 logging on 24 opening 23 PowerPoint integration 64 66 searching domains 75 77 selecting domains 30 text editor 45 Dashboard banner 28 Dashboard Domain Tree 35 Dashboard layout 28 Dashboard Properties 33 dialog 33 Dashboard toolbars 28 Dashboard user options 90 data filtering 312 313 314 data sources for OLAP analysis 137 data visualization 251 252 253 254 257 258 259 262 applying to measures 257 259 262 bar graphs 254 WebFOCUS data visualization continued deleting from measures 258 display modes 257 262 OLAP Control Panel and 253 257 OLAP selections panel and 253 257 data visualization bar graphs 215 216 date elements in OLAP reports 201 202 207 210 214 adding 214 applying date ranges 201 207 210 applying selection criteria to 201 202 deleting 214 date fields in OLAP reports 202 specifying selection criteria 202 date formats 201 202 215 Julian dates 215 limitations 215 smart dates 215 specifying 201 date ranges in OLAP reports 192 202 207 209 applying 192 applying criteria to 207 209 selecting 192 Date Selection pane 215 dates 214 specifying in OLAP reports 214 DEFCENT value 215 deferred receipt 17 deferred report delete options 113 deferred report help options 113 deferred report refresh options 113 deferred report sort options 113 Deferred Report Status interface 112 113 114 115 116 117 11
106. 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The following save and or display options are available m PDF is useful when you want a report or graph to maintain its presentation and layout regardless of a browser or printer type When you choose PDF format the report appears in Adobe Acrobat Reader and the graph continues to appear above it in a browser window If you print from Acrobat only the report will be printed Excel is useful when you want to convert a large database to a spreadsheet or save a report and graph in a commonly used Office tool Two Excel formats are available Excel 2000 supports most StyleSheet attributes allowing for full report formatting The computer on which the report is being displayed must have Microsoft Excel 2000 or higher installed When you choose Excel 2000 the report and graph are displayed in the same tool where you can manipulate the data using Excel options From Excel you can print both the report and the graph When you save in Excel 2000 format only explicit drill downs based on parameters passed from the base report to the drill down report continue to work Automatic drill downs on Dimensions and Measures are not supported in Excel 4 Excel is a binary display format with limited formatting support The computer on which the report is being displayed must have Microsoft Excel installed Drill downs of any kind are not supported Using an active report is useful when you want to create
107. 584 6 061 370 00 MEME 05 eMart Analog 24 253 5 728 792 00 BE 04 Audio Expert Analog 24 312 5 087 601 00 BE 06 emar Analog 22 900 4 999 241 00 E 05 Audio Expert Analog 17 073 3 606 229 00 EE 06 Audio Expert Analog 16 559 3 174 928 00 J 05 6 IVCity Digital 10 296 2 745 088 00 i 06 AV VideoTown Digital 11 466 2 507 452 00 J 06 IVCity Digital 9 848 1 997 234 00 W 04 IvCity Digital 9 483 1 989 981 00 I 05 AV VideoTown Digital 7 336 1 728 971 00 W 04 AV VideoTown Digital 8 575 1 692 084 00 W You now see information for digital and analog sales at Audio Expert Since the significant sales for Audio Expert are in the digital area let us see which digital products contributed to the June figures 7 Click Digital as shown in the following image cy PRODTYPE E Quantity E Line Cost Of Goods Sold Digita 42 473 119112 D Analog Click 16 559 3 174 928 00 E Digital The breakdown shows clearly that PDAs drove Audio Expert digital sales WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 133 We Do It Every Day Typical Web Query 8 Click PDA Devices to see the details as shown in the following image zj PRODCAT I Quantity E Line Cost Of Goods Sold PDA Devices 4e Click 16 760 5 416 540 00 M Camcorders PDA Devices 5015 3 584 010 00 ME Digital Tape Recorders 12 494 862 086 00 i DYD 4 087 832 993 00 E CD Players 3 958 391 842 00 I Cameras 159 31 641 00 As shown in the following image ZT Digital PDA Commercial
108. 7 Release 7 02 hidden sort fields are indicated by reversing the color of the icon that appears at the left of the field name 1 Enter the following code in an ad hoc page OLAP ON TABLE FILE CAROLAP SUM CAROLAP BODY DEALER_COST CAROLAP BODY RETAIL_COST BY CAROLAP ORIGIN COUNTRY BY CAR END 2 Open the OLAP Control Panel Double click on the Country field in the Drill Down panel of the OLAP Control Panel In the resulting window panel select the Hide check box 4 Click OK Notice that the color of the sort icon has been reversed The Drill Down panel now appears as shown in the following image xX Remove Shift Down 4 g Pivot Drill Down EJ CAROLAP ORIGIN COUNTR T CAR Procedure How to Pivot Rows and Columns In an OLAP Report You can quickly change a field from one that sorts data vertically creating rows to one that sorts data horizontally creating columns or vice versa WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 177 Sorting Data Example 178 To change a 4 Vertical By sort field to a horizontal Across sort field drag and drop a field above the row of column titles 4 Horizontal Across sort field to a vertical By sort field drag and drop the field into the desired location in the row of column titles In each case the cursor changes to a plus sign to indicate acceptable places where you can drop the field Unacceptable places have
109. 71 00 6 592 944 00 337 962 00 1 666 342 00 1 379 586 00 8 250 047 00 Consumer 89 298 00 1 267 066 00 493 107 00 244 260 00 1 235 460 00 Merchandise eMart 2 892 285 00 21 045 462 00 168 191 00 3 196 951 00 1 706 370 00 9 184 335 00 Reference Parameter Report Options From the amper auto prompting launch page you have the following options auton Descent Click this button to run the report Click this button to reset the parameter selections The save option is only available if the Administrator has assigned you the Save entered values privilege and you run a Standard Report with parameters from the domain tree Clear Output Click this button to clear the report output area 58 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard eS Select this check box to open the report in a new browser window Double click splitter bar to hide parameters for full screen report view Double click splitter bar again to return to the Show Hide Parameters original parameters and report view Customizing the Amper Auto Prompting Facility You can customize the look and feel of the amper auto prompting facility by editing the launch page template file you are using All of the available launch page templates are located in the ibi WebFOCUS 77 ibi_html javaassist ibi ntml describe directory The default template is autoprompt_top css If you want to customize the banner create an image save it in the describe directory and c
110. 76 How to Access Managed Reporting Change Your Password To access Managed Reporting the Web server WebFOCUS Client and WebFOCUS Reporting Server must all be started All three can be started as Windows services by selecting Administrative Tools and then Services from the Control Panel Note Managed Reporting may be set up with security specific to your site so you may not see the logon page or the change password option How to Access Managed Reporting 1 Launch your Web browser and enter the following URL http webserver ibi_apps The WebFOCUS Welcome page opens 2 Click Managed Reporting Applet Interface in the Dashboard and Managed Reporting section The Managed Reporting Logon page opens Note If the Managed Reporting Logon page does not appear contact your administrator How to Change Your Password 1 Click Change Password on the Managed Reporting logon page The Change Password window opens Note If you are using Internet Explorer in order to display the Change Password page be sure that the Internet Options setting Every time I visit the webpage is selected Access this setting by selecting Tools Internet Options the General tab and in the Browser History section select Settings Enter your user ID in the User input box Enter your current password in the Password input box Enter your new password in the New Password input box mAN Enter your new password again in the Confirm Password in
111. 8 119 120 124 125 283 287 deleting reports 112 115 117 deleting Unknown tickets 124 expiration setting 117 notification 283 options 120 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Indexi Deferred Report Status interface continued parameters 112 116 120 287 refreshing 114 sorting 114 viewing reports 112 114 119 Deferred Report Status Interface 94 96 97 deferred reports 68 69 112 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 122 125 283 284 285 286 287 Completed 125 deleting 112 115 117 notification 283 284 parameters 112 116 120 287 Queued 125 running 115 Running 125 running in Dashboard 68 69 saving 112 116 122 286 287 sorting 112 114 118 status 114 submitting 283 284 285 viewing 112 119 defining an OLAP hierarchy in a Master File 137 defining an OLAP hierarchy in a procedure 137 delete confirmation message 125 delete option 125 deleted 125 deleting Completed tickets 124 deleting Expired tickets 124 deleting Queued tickets 124 deleting reports 112 115 deleting Running tickets 124 deleting Unknown tickets 124 deletion confirmation message 125 designating shared reports 47 289 dimension controls in OLAP reports 144 195 Selection pane 195 323 Index dimension elements in OLAP reports 166 238 240 241 243 adding from the Control Panel 238 deleting from the Control Panel 243 deleting from the report 241 sorting 166 dimension hierarchy 196 dimensions 140 1
112. 9 22 206 78 449 105 983 6 287 7 196 6 980 14 957 19 077 41 307 545 829 97 128 108 221 2l Line Cost Of Goods Sold 3 969 296 00 109 400 00 16 467 146 00 25 092 678 00 1 315 015 00 1 607 513 00 1 542 036 00 3 251 090 00 3 772 119 00 10 128 967 00 124 366 00 190 201 00 21 152 262 00 24 990 368 00 Q2 Sl quantity a Line Cost Of Goods Sold 11 781 27 377 57 944 111 421 1 405 8 835 8 556 15 239 15 717 29 627 929 1 578 74 737 115 102 2 663 655 00 928 507 00 11 868 758 00 28 064 250 00 285 323 00 2 025 508 00 1 817 536 00 3 697 782 00 3 503 862 00 6 732 303 00 215 152 00 347 180 00 16 789 403 00 24 971 512 00 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 3 Right click Line Cost of Goods Sold and choose Visualize as shown in the following image This applies a data visualization bar graph to each value in the column QUARTER at Store Name PRODTYPE AV VideoTown Analog Digital Audio Expert Analog Digital City Video Analo Digital Consumer Merchandise Analog Digital Quantity 35 255 Sortby Highest 42 423 Sort by Lowest 149 913 202 488 visualize 12 014 13 747 13 341 28 577 Line Costs of Goods Sold Note The options available may vary depending on your OLAP format settings For more information see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 The display changes as shown in the following image The bar graphs still do not
113. 9 25 2000 09 29 Note To show the selection of a particular date a dimension component has been added to the procedure This dimension places Date Problem Reported in the Time Period dimension hierarchy directly below the root 2 Click the OLAP button below the report to open the Control Panel The OLAP button appears at the bottom of this report because the OLAP CONTROL setting was selected For details see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 3 Click the Selection Criteria button at the bottom of the Control Panel The Selection Criteria pane opens 4 In the Dimensions pane above the Selection Criteria pane expand the TIMEPERIOD hierarchy 5 Click Values under Date Problem Reported 204 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The pane replaces the Selections Criteria pane with a drop down list for each selectable value Year Month and Date based on the date format of the selected field as shown in the following image g WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Webpage Dialog Dimensions Click a Box to Add Problem LY Time Period E Date Problem Reported Values Year Problem Occurred Values E Quarter Problem Occurred Values E Month Prohlem Occurred xl _ Date Problem Reported I Range Year Months Days 2010 April Ja A foro Selections pr Add gt Delete gt Run Save t Help Ok Cancel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 205 Limiting Dat
114. 96 363 z 147 NIINI INE LI Pe e a i dbl e a A 268 WebFOCUS 7 Using the WebFOCUS Viewer The WebFOCUS Viewer returns your report with the first occurrence of your search string underlined as shown in the following image 4260 12 01 97 230 4261 12 01 97 175 4274 12 01 97 254 4275 12 01 97 194 4276 12 01 97 380 4289 12 01 97 307 4290 12 01 97 427 4291 12 01 97 306 4304 12 01 97 221 4305 12 01 97 396 4306 12 01 97 149 4307 12 01 97 376 B144 76 00 Kona 35 01 01 96 471 50 01 01 96 377 80 01 01 96 47 125 01 01 96 510 140 01 01 96 38 155 01 01 96 347 215 02 01 96 472 eos 87 Ba gt wo IX 2 Click Find again to locate the next occurrence of Kona Procedure How to Customize Search Results With a Cascading Style Sheet The WebFOCUS Viewer searches the report and underlines the first occurrence of the text string found You may customize the search results by applying a Cascading Style Sheet CSS with a color and or style defined 1 Open a new text file by using a third party text editor such as Notepad WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 269 Using the Viewer Control Panel 2 Type the following example Cascading Style Sheet CSS code BODY font x small Verdana Arial Helvetica U background Blue text decoration none color White font bold In the CSS example code above underlined text in the body of the report will be changed to
115. ARTER to open the Control Panel 4 Select Quarter from the Drill Down pane 5 Click the Shift Down arrow twice WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 175 Sorting Data QUARTER is now the third item in the Drill Down list as shown in the following image Z WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dia F X Dimensions Click a Box to Add Location gt Time Period E YEAR Values B QUARTER Values E MONTH Values P Product Dimension Drill Across Shift Up T X Remove Pivot Drill Down Measures t Store Name W Quantity T Product Type 7 Line Cost Of Goods Sold T CHR i amp Stack Measures C Show Graph gt Run j F Save Ph Help PSelection Criteria 6 Click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel QUARTER appears in the third column of the report as shown in the following image StoreName W PRODTYPE QUARTER 4 Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold eMart Digital Q2 115 102 24 971 512 00 Audio Expert Digital Q2 111 421 28 064 250 00 eMart Digital a1 108 221 24 990 368 00 Audio Expert Digital at 105 983 25 092 678 00 Procedure How to Hide a Sort Field In OLAP you can hide a sort field by clicking the Hide check box in a report 176 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Note In past releases the text hidden was displayed to the right of the field name in the Drill Down pane in the OLAP Control Panel Beginning with Version
116. Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 6 287 1 315 015 00 Digital 7196 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Digital 14 957 3 251 090 00 Ty City Analog 19 077 3 772 119 00 Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 Q2 AV VideoTown Analog 44 781 2 663 655 00 Digital 27 377 5 928 507 00 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 11 868 759 00 Every OLAP user can take advantage of the analytic features that are built into the OLAP report 4 Hyperlinks The values in an OLAP report are usually hyperlinks from which you can drill down to related information Depending on your OLAP settings the hyperlinks may be active for both the dimension fields by which the report is sorted and the measures fields which display quantitative data or only for the dimension fields For related information see OLAP Enabling a Report on page 137 Context menus You can right click any column title to access a menu of options that facilitate analysis The options vary slightly to suit the tasks associated with dimensions and measures 4 Sorting diamonds EJ The measures fields that make up the body of the report have blue diamonds adjacent to them You can click either the top or bottom of the diamond to instantly sort data from high to low or low to high WebFOCUS Managed
117. Banner Contains hyperlinks that allow you to access various functions of Dashboard Content area Contains the content blocks and content pages that were set up by you or your Administrator Domain Tree Contains the list of reports reporting objects and Internet hyperlinks you can access You can expand the Domain Tree to view the entire name of an item by dragging the control bar that separates the Domain Tree from the content area WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 4 Role Tree Contains lists of hyperlinks to items reports graphs launch pages and URLs in the User Groups to which you belong You can expand the Role Tree to view the entire name of an item by dragging the control bar that separates the Role Tree from the content area 4 Toolbars Toolbars are set up by your administrator and can contain hyperlinks to Web sites other tools applications and documents Hyperlinks accessed from a toolbar open in a separate browser window These areas may appear differently depending on how your Administrator has set up your view of Dashboard The items may be displayed in different locations and the Domain Tree Role Tree and toolbars may be hidden The Domain Tree Role Tree and content blocks may appear with scrolling buttons or scroll bars In the Dashboard layout the banner is on the top right of the window the content area is on the lower right of the window and the Domain Tree is on the left side of the window As shown in
118. Control Panel with the Profit check box selected as a Graph icon EEEN erap Vv COST ra PRICE r Profit The Graph icon replaces the check mark This icon indicates that the measure will appear with its associated bar graph 3 Click the Run button to display the new report output WebFOCUS 6 Visualizing Trends in Reports Notice that the report now contains a new column to the right of the Profit measure This column displays a horizontal bar chart comprised of bar graphs that visually represent the individual data values for the Profit measure as shown in the following image WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual EEATT L PLANT L STATE L STORE a y a j a x L YEAR L QUARTER MONTH L a j a y a y a x PRODCAT PRODNAME a j a x PAGE 1 Product Our BiName Cost Price S Profit 110 VHS C Camcorder 20 X 744 759 00 1 043 859 00 299100 120 VHS C Camcorder 40 X 796 943 00 1 227 723 00 430780 E 150 8MM Camcorder 20 X 1 303 440 00 1 732 489 00 429049 ME 2 Hd VCR LCD Menu 185 889 00 257 939 00 72050 ll 250 8MM Camcorder 40 X 251 520 00 313 614 00 62094 i 330DX Digtal Camera 1024K P 32 437 00 45 477 00 13040 650DL Digital Camcorder 150 X 940 750 00 1 191 175 00 250425 7505L Digital Camcorder 300 X 105 750 00 140 859 00 35109 AR2 35MM Camera 8 X 64 385 00 88 835 00 24450 AR3 35MM Camera 10 X 13 395 00 18 189 00 4794
119. Dashboard Temporary Internet files option to check for newer versions of stored pages with every visit to the page Advanced browsing options to reuse windows for launching shortcuts WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 25 Recommended Browser Settings Procedure How to Set the Temporary Internet Files Option Procedure 1 DARON From the Tools menu in Internet Explorer select Internet Options The Internet Options dialog box opens Click the General tab Click Settings beneath Temporary Internet files The Settings dialog box opens Click the Every visit to the page option button Click OK to clear the Settings dialog box Click OK to clear the Internet Options dialog box How to Set Advanced Browsing Options 1 AON From the Tools menu in Internet Explorer select Internet Options The Internet Options dialog box opens Click the Advanced tab Under Browsing deselect Reuse windows for launching shortcuts Click Apply Click OK Recommended Browser Settings 26 How to Change Your Browser Colors Change Your Browser Font Change the Text Size in Your Browser Override Web Page Formatting and Style Sheets We recommend that you change the following Internet Explorer browser settings for use with Dashboard m m m Browser colors to Windows colors Web page font to Arial Browser text size to medium It is also recommended that you override Web page formatting and S
120. EP2 2 Click Q1 The report is now sorted vertically by month store and product type as shown in the following image E MONTH StoreName PRODTYPE S Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold 01 AV VideoTown Analog 147 35 280 00 Digital 1 426 299 504 00 Audio Expert Analog 14 061 2 281 228 00 Digital 14 062 3 432 741 00 City Video Analog 1 097 199 968 00 Digital 1 382 339 594 00 Consumer Analog 1 801 369 868 00 Merchandise Digital 3 580 800 913 00 Ty Ci Analog 3 257 683 014 00 Digital 6 281 1 470 194 00 Web Sales Analog 86 18 889 00 Digital 136 33 877 00 eMart Analog 6 407 1 282 935 00 Digital 10 737 2 632 355 00 02 AV VideoTown Analog 9 124 1 982 103 00 Digital 10 823 2 331 172 00 Audio Expert Analog 34 413 7 254 037 00 Digital 39 905 9 674 622 00 City Video Analog 576 145 184 00 Digital 805 136 405 00 You want to create a matrix in which data is sorted horizontally by month and vertically by store and product type 3 Click the square icon next to MONTH to open the Control Panel 4 Select Month in the Drill Down pane and click the Pivot button 180 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Month moves into the Drill Across pane as shown in the following image e WebFOCUS OLAP Microsoft Internet Explorer E WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog 2 xi File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Dimensions Click a Box to Add Ga gt i a Back amp JQ S
121. Enabled I Folder F all Problem J Count Report Friday October 11 2002 2 40 00 PM EDT Date Modified Enabled Cc A Product Created or Modified i Report Friday October 11 2002 2 39 59 PM EDT C during the previous U day s Enabled C during the previous hi month s between 2 2 fo 2 200 E ana 2 Ao e A Basic Search v 4 j Si Local intranet 8 Close the window to exit the search Creating a Favorites List In Dashboard you can populate your Favorites list with reports graphs hyperlinks and any other item type except reporting objects that you want to quickly and easily access The Favorites list contains two tabs Dashboard and Mobile and is easily accessible from the Favorites hyperlink in the banner For information about Mobile Favorites see Mobile Favorites on page 81 Note You can also add a Favorites content block that will automatically display your list of favorites in your Dashboard view For instruction on creating a content block see Adding a Content Block on page 98 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 79 Creating a Favorites List 80 The following image shows the Favorites dialog box displaying a sample list of saved reports in the Dashboard tab Dashboard M 23 Across with BY phrases _ 28 Multiple BY phrases M EE PPTBASIC _ 2 webarchive Report items stored in the Dashboard tab of the Favorites list are sorted alphabetically by tit
122. FOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog 2 xi Dimensions gt Geographic Area F Risk Drill Across Drill Down Measures t Continent V Balance Tt Country M CANADA DOLLAR inl Stack Measures I Show Graph gt Run j F Save h Help j PSelection Criteria WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 229 Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report 5 Click Run to execute the report and display the titles and values of the measures stacked over each other in separate rows as shown in the following image v Measures w Graph Continent Region Country a amp E X RISK_CLASS Risk Factor v e oAaP Pm Run e Reset PM Save _ Help J E Continent Country AMERICAS ARGENTINA Balance 42 167 880 CANADA DOLLAR 59 035 032 RAZIL Balance 45 493 501 CANADA DOLLAR 63 690 901 CANADA Balance 56 212 634 CANADA DOLLAR 78 697 688 GUATEMALA Balance 727 810 CANADA DOLLAR 1 018 934 HONDURAS Balance 39 472 857 CANADA DOLLAR 55 262 000 Changing the Order of Measure Columns How to Reposition Measure Columns in an OLAP Report You can change the order in which measure columns are presented in the report Procedure How to Reposition Measure Columns in an OLAP Report To reposition a numeric column drag and drop the field into a new column position The cursor changes to a plus sign to indicate acceptable places into which you can drop the field Unacceptable positions are indicat
123. Gd http localhost 3080 ibi_ap File Edit View Favorites Tools Help x Google gt B search h O M che BB share sidewii Y Bookmarks check gt Rr Orin x EF Uy Favorites WebFOCUS OLAP 7 WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Webpage Dialog Bax Dimensions Click a Box to Add Location a gt Time Period iis YEAR Store Cost Of Values QUARTER Name Product Type Quantity Goods Sold vias a AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 MONTH a an SARAN gt Product Binek E Audio Expert Analoi 78 449 16 467 146 00 z Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 QUARTER City Video Analog 6287 1315 015 00 Sort Tiles Sub Total stale Digital 7 196 1 607 513 00 Sort Order Limit Output Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Low to High Limit E E o Digital 14 957 3 254 090 00 C High to Low Ivcity Analog 19 077 3772 119 00 Hide Digital 41307 10 128 967 00 Rank 1 2 3 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 You could sort data by highest or lowest You can also SEER rank data by highest You can limit the number of Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 records to display per report You can also hide a sort a2 AV VideoTown Analoq 11781 2 663 655 00 Kaki end uniia k Digital 27 377 5928 507 00 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 11 868 758 00 bok p Cancel Digital 111421 28 064 250 00 t Run Save Help PSelection Crit
124. Goods Sold amp Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold AY VideoTown Analog 147 35 280 00 9 124 1 982 103 00 Digital 1 426 299 504 00 10 823 2 331 172 00 Audio Expert Analog 11 064 2 281 228 00 34 413 7 254 037 00 Digital 14 062 3 432 741 00 39 905 9 674 622 00 City Video Analo 1 097 199 968 00 576 145 184 00 Digital 1 382 339 594 00 805 136 405 00 Consumer Analo 1 801 369 868 00 2 835 639 082 00 Merchandise Digita 3 580 800 913 00 3 232 766 052 00 Ty Ci Analo 3 257 683 014 00 7 959 1 466 033 00 Digital 6 281 1 470 194 00 14 269 3 761 723 00 Web Sales Analog 86 18 889 00 165 37 831 00 Digita 136 33 877 00 204 47 392 00 eMart Analo 6 407 1 282 935 00 44 944 9 869 545 00 Digital 10 737 2 632 355 00 42 786 9 826 681 00 Procedure How to Pivot Rows and Columns From the Control Panel You can change a field from one that sorts data vertically creating rows to one that sorts data horizontally creating columns or vice versa 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 Select the title of the row or column you want to pivot in the Drill Down or Drill Across pane 3 Click the Pivot button The title appears in the new location 4 Click Run to execute your report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 179 Sorting Data Example Pivoting Rows Into Columns From the Control Panel The following is an example of pivoting rows into columns from the Control Panel 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPR
125. Inthe Standard Reports tab expand the group folder containing the report with filters attached 3 Select the Standard Report and click Filters The Filter Selection window opens 4 Expand the filter group folders WebFOCUS displays a list of filters that your Administrator has created 5 Select the desired filter and click Add in the panel on the right side of the Filter Selection window The selected filter appears with a check mark in the upper section of the Filter Selection window and the filter name is added to the filtering criteria box 6 When you are finished selecting filters click OK You return to the Standard Reports tab The filters you selected are displayed under the report name and will be applied automatically when you run the report 7 To run your report click Run WebFOCUS displays your report in a new browser window displaying only the data that matches the selected criteria Note If you want to change your filter selections return to the Filter selection window select the filters you want to Add or Remove and click the appropriate button WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Example Running Reports With Filters You want to run a report with attached filters named Product Sales From the Domains Interface 1 Double click the folder next to the Sales Domain WebFOCUS displays the contents of the Sales Domain in the right pane of the Domains Interface 2 From the Standar
126. Library Access Options permit the user to view the report The following image shows the Library Versions option selected in the pop up menu Domain Tree E amp Domains B Sales Support o Standard Reports E Order Analysis E Product Analysis Ey Sales Analysis Product Measures OLAP Enabled Turnover Ra E Reporting Obje My Reports E Shared Report Library Versions WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard When you select the Library Versions option a new Report Library window opens and displays only those report versions associated with your selection An example of the Library window is shown in the following image i Library Content A Watch List 2 X rA A S 2 Library lt Des tio Q gt Library Content Standard Report to Library admin C Default Domain Standard Report to Library Burst admin Y Standard Report to Libra Standard Report to Libra Giden a You can also access the Report Library by selecting the Tools link in the banner and then selecting Library from the submenu Additionally you can view Watch List reports in the Report Library or in a separate Watch List window Watch List reports are reports of particular interest that you subscribe to in the Report Library and each time a new version of the report is distributed you receive an e mail notification Only the most recent version of reports designated as Watch List reports are displayed To access Watch
127. Occurrence Mechanical Failure 2000 09 15 2000 09 25 2000 09 29 You want to restrict the information to problems reported between June 6 2001 and July 6 2001 From the Control Panel you can limit data based on a range of dates 2 Click the OLAP button below the report to open the Control Panel 3 Click the Selection Criteria button at the bottom right of the Control Panel The Selection Criteria pane opens 4 In the Dimensions pane above the Selection Criteria pane expand the TIMEPERIOD hierarchy 5 Click Values under Date Problem Reported The PROBLEM_DATE pane opens over the Selections Criteria pane with a drop down list for each selectable value Year Month and Date based on the date format of the selected field 210 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 6 Select the Range check pane 4 Inclusive and Exclusive options buttons appear To show the range including the dates specified choose Inclusive the default From and To drop down lists open for all selectable options By default the current date appears 7 Specify values for the From date For example a Change the current year to 2001 by using the spin buttons b Select June from the Months drop down list to change the current calendar month c Select 6 from the Days drop down list to change the current calendar day 8 Specify values for the To date For example a Change the current year to 2001 by using the spin buttons b Sel
128. Panel Click a measure name in the Measures pane to open the sort options pane do not click the Measures check pane which controls the display of a measure not its sorting Verify that the Sort check panel is selected this setting is required to apply sorting specifications to a measure Select the Rank check pane then specify the number of sort field values to be included in the report 4 Use the spin buttons located to the right of the word Highest or Lowest to increase or decrease the number of sort fields or 4 Position the cursor in the input pane and type a number The default number of sort fields values is 5 Click OK The sort pane is replaced by the Measures pane where the measure becomes blue to indicate that sorting specifications have been defined Click Run to display the report with the designated number of sorted values WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 163 Sorting Data Example Displaying a Subset of Sorted Data for a Measure The following is an example of displaying a subset of sorted data for a measure 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 The report shows sales information sorted by quarter store and product type 2 Click the square icon next to QUARTER to open the Control Panel notice that the original report is open on the left 3 Click Quantity in the Measures pane The sort pane opens as shown in the following image in front of the report i WebFOCUS OLAP Con
129. Reference Setting OLAP Reporting Options In addition to using OLAP enabled data a report must be enabled to support OLAP analysis OLAP enabling a report consists of specifying how a user will interact with and drill down on OLAP data The primary interactions occur in the report itself In addition you can choose to expose two supplementary tools the OLAP Selections pane and the Control Panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 137 OLAP Reporting Requirements Reference 138 Setting OLAP Reporting Options Developer Studio In Developer Studio OLAP options are available on the Options Features tab in Report Painter The relevant options Enable OLAP and Automatic Drill Down are located in the OLAP section of the tab as shown in the following image Report Options ss x Output Format Select Format O HTML Web Document HTML x HTML Output Features Format Style Drill Down Wwhere lf Computes View Images m HTML options z I Cascade Site Shosi Report Title Accessibility Default 7 I Accordion Report esos Headings Footings Scroll Height or z F OnDemand Pagina I Pop up Field Descriptions m OLAP Enable OLAP D Automatic Drill Down None x Cancel Apply Help Tip In the Report Painter you can also make OLAP selections from the OLAP option on the Report menu For more information about using Rep
130. S Viewer WebFOCUS notifies you that the report has been deleted from the server WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 273 Creating On Demand Paging Reports 274 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Using Java Applet Managed Reporting gt WebFOCUS Managed Reporting utilizes Java technology so that you can run Standard Reports that are defined in advance by an Administrator You can also create edit and save reports that meet your individual needs You do not need to know the complexities of the underlying databases or the FOCUS language to create and run reports You create reports and graphs using the set of graphical tools and components described in Introducing WebFOCUS Managed Reporting on page 15 Managed Reporting allows you to run WebFOCUS with a Java applet enabled browser Your Administrator selects the Managed Reporting Interface for you and associates it with your user profile When you sign on WebFOCUS automatically launches the Java version of Managed Reporting This chapter describes Java applet Managed Reporting and provides procedures for running reports and creating your own reports using blocks of data your Administrator has created for you You will also learn how to submit reports to run in deferred mode and how to apply filters and other parameters WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 275 Accessing Managed Reporting Accessing Managed Reporting Procedure Procedure 2
131. SK CLASS S Balance CANADA DOLLAR AMERICAS ARGENTINA Medium 36 921 658 51 690 321 Unknown 5 246 222 7 344711 BRAZIL Medium 29 600 684 41 440 958 Unknown 15 892 817 22 249 944 Procedure How to Change Selection Criteria From the Control Panel Procedure 200 Tip If you have access to the Selections pane it provides the easiest way to adjust or remove selection criteria See How to Apply Selection Criteria From the Selections Pane on page 194 From the Selections Criteria pane in the Control Panel 1 Click the Select button next to the dimension value you wish to modify A secondary window opens To change a value type the new value in the text pane or select one or more values from the list The value you type must be in the same case as the value in the data source You can input only one value in the text pane If you select more than one value from the list only the first value appears However all values appear in your report To deselect a value hold down the Ctrl key while clicking the value Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane where you can verify the revised value and or change the relational operator if required Click OK again to confirm your choice and return to the main Control Panel window Click Run to execute your report How to Remove Selection Criteria From the Control Panel Tip If you have access to the Selections pane it provides the easiest way to adjust or remove
132. Select the check box next to the block you want to edit Click Edit Block The Edit Block window opens You can also access the Edit Block window directly from Dashboard by clicking the Edit icon for the content block you wish to edit In the Block Name text box type the new name for the block This must be a unique name within Dashboard Click Save How to Temporarily Remove a Content Block 1 2 3 From the Content window select the content page where the content block is located Select the check box next to the block you want to edit Click Edit Block The Edit Block window opens You can also access the Edit Block window directly from Dashboard by clicking the Edit icon for the content block you wish to edit Select the Deactivate Block check box Click Save Selecting Scrolling Options 106 How to Select Scrolling Options for a Content Block You can select either scroll buttons or scroll bars for launch blocks list blocks and folder blocks Scroll buttons cannot be selected for output blocks and launch blocks that launch Web pages Output blocks automatically contain scroll bars when necessary When scroll buttons are enabled up down left and right arrows display in the toolbar allowing you to navigate the content block Up and down arrows display for all content block types Left and right arrows only display for launch blocks In folder blocks and list blocks information automatically wraps th
133. Settings Personalizing Your Dashboard Dashboard Layout Selecting a Domain Using Domain Tree Items Creating Reports in Dashboard Stopping Requests in Dashboard PowerPoint Integration With Dashboard WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Ow wo ont wW oO HO WwW DT Running Deferred Reports Using Role Trees Viewing Content Blocks Using Banner Hyperlinks Searching Domains Creating a Favorites List Mobile Favorites Viewing Reports in the Report Library Viewing Recently Run Reports Setting User Options 21 Opening Dashboard Opening Dashboard 22 In this section Library Only User Logon How to Open a Public or Group View Log On to a Personalized View of Dashboard Change Your Password Reference Considerations When Logging On to Dashboard There are several views in the Dashboard environment m Public A public view is accessible to public users and cannot be personalized Public users have execute only access they cannot save report requests or report output to a domain See How to Open a Public or Group View on page 23 Group A group view is accessible to users with a valid Managed Reporting user ID and password The user must be a member of the group to gain access to the view Group views cannot be personalized by users Private The private view is accessible to users with a valid Managed Reporting user ID and password From this view you can add to or edit the content blocks your Adminis
134. T Store Name V Line Cost Of Goods Sold t a 24 gt W I Stack Measures I Show Graph 4 Click the Remove xj button 5 Click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel 244 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The new report is sorted by quarter and store as shown in the following image B QUARTER Store Name S Quantity Line Cost Of Goods Sold Q1 AV VideoTown 40 655 9 078 696 00 Audio Expert 184 432 41 559 824 00 City Video 13 483 2 922 528 00 Consumer Merchandise 21 937 4 793 126 00 TY City 60 384 13 901 086 00 Web Sales 1 374 314 567 00 eMart 205 349 46 142 630 00 Q2 AY VideoTown 39 158 8 592 162 00 Audio Expert 169 365 39 933 008 00 City Video 10 240 2 310 831 00 Consumer Merchandise 23 795 515 318 00 Ty City 45 344 10 236 165 00 Web Sales 2 507 562 332 00 eMart 189 839 41 760 915 00 Saving OLAP Reports In this section Uniform Field Name Referencing in OLAP The following is related to saving OLAP reports 4 Administrators users and developers can save their reports in Excel PDF or active report format 4 Field name referencing is uniform throughout the OLAP product For example the AS or TITLE phrases will appear in reports generated using the OLAP Selections pane or the OLAP Control Panel OCP When saving OLAP reports to Managed Reporting you must refresh the Domain to see the newly saved reports Otherwise the new reports will not be listed in the M
135. TRAL AMERICA as shown in the following image v Measures w Graph Continent Region Country All vy All vy All v RISK_CLASS Risk Factor Eale Iv JE Al hm orap pm Run e Reset r Save _ Help J E Region CENTRAL AMERICA EASTERN EUROPE FAR EAST Continent Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance AMERICAS 40 200 667 56 280 934 EUROPE 121 977 597 170 768 636 ASIA 202 660 842 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Example The report now looks like the following image Country v Measures w Graph Continent Region AMERICAS v CENTRAL AMERIJ Y v RISK_CLASS Risk Factor a v e orap pm Run PF Reset PF Save _ Help J E Country Balance CANADA DOLLAR GUATEMALA 727 810 1 018 934 HONDURAS 39 472 857 65 262 000 In the new report data is filtered based on the internally generated criteria IF Continent EQ AMERICAS and IF REGION EQ CENTRAL AMERICA Continent and Region are no longer visible REGION is replaced by the last element in the Geographic Area dimension Country which becomes the controlling By field in the report The data displayed for the measures are those that satisfy the values in the current By field Drill Down on a Measure When BY ACROSS Fields Are Under Different Root Dimensions When you drill down on a measure in a report with at least one By and one Across dimension field from different root
136. WebFOCUS is a complete Web ready enterprise data access and reporting system which takes advantage of the low cost low maintenance and wide distribution capabilities of the World Wide Web and internal corporate Web sites WebFOCUS enables application developers and Web designers to create powerful EIS and decision support applications that deliver easy access to the information that users need regardless of hardware platforms data source structures or application programs Developers can create sophisticated Web pages that enable end users to view static reports run dynamic reports and create parameterized queries for individual requests WebFOCUS Business Intelligence Dashboard enables you to create a personalized view of WebFOCUS When you connect to Dashboard you are also connecting to WebFOCUS Managed Reporting WebFOCUS Managed Reporting provides a streamlined reporting environment that virtually eliminates the complexities of today s corporate data Your administrator defines the interface that you use to access your company s data Managed Reporting Concepts 16 Managed Reporting includes the following components Domains Domains are the highest level of organization Domains provide data on a particular topic Such as sales inventory or personnel The data is stored in different forms in the following domain components predefined reports Standard Reports data sources used to create reports Reporting Objects and r
137. a 6 Select values For example a Change the year to 2010 in the Year pane by using the spin buttons or typing the value b Select April from the Months drop down list c Select 21 from the Days drop down list d Click Add to enter these criteria in the input pane 7 Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane which now reflects your entries as shown in the following image Mj WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Webpage Dialog Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Problem Y Time Period E Date Problem Reported Values E Year Problem Occurred Values Quarter Problem Occurred Values E Month Prohlem Occurred ad Selection Criteria Date Problem Reported x 2010 04 21 vit Select Show Selection Criteria in Report Heading Footing gt Run h Save j t Help gt Ok 206 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The relational operator to the left of the Date pane indicates that your report will contain data only for those rows where date is equal to the values you entered This default operator is correct for this example 8 Click Run to see the problem report for the specified date Your selection criteria are listed beside the OLAP button at the bottom of the report as shown in the following image Date Problem Problem Problem Problem Category Reported Number Occurrence Incorrect Labeling 1998 04 05 693 694 4 1998 04 19 695 1 1998 05 03 701 a 1998 05 31 879 1
138. a circle with a slash across the center Pivoting Rows and Columns in a Report The following is an example of pivoting rows and columns in a report 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 2 Click Q1 The report is now sorted vertically by month store and product type as shown in the following image MONTH o1 Store Name AV VideaTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise Ty City Web Sales eMart AY VideoTown Audio Expert City Video B PRODTYPE Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital 5 Quantity 5 Line Cost Of Goods Sold 35 280 00 299 504 00 2 281 228 00 3 432 741 00 199 968 00 339 594 00 369 868 00 800 913 00 683 014 00 ja e iS ais Ko sa am 5 18 889 00 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report You want to create a matrix in which data is sorted horizontally by month and vertically by store and product type 3 Drag Month above the report to sort data horizontally Across The cursor changes to a plus sign to indicate acceptable places where you can drop the field In the new report Quantity and Line Cost of Goods Sold are repeated horizontally for each month as shown in the following image B MONTH 01 02 E StoreName W PRODTYPE S Quantity amp Line Cost Of
139. a user named Jeff who created and shared the reports from three different locations the Custom Reports folder a Custom Reports subfolder and a Reporting Objects group folder named Test IA Domain Tree E amp Default Domain 9 Standard Reports C Reporting Objects E My Reports a Shared Reports E Brianne 9 Daniel BD Jeff Custom Reports Created from the Custom Reports folder o Folder Within Custom Reports 4 Created from a folder within Custom Reports BG Test IA Created from a Reporting Object The Shared Reports folder enables you to Runa Shared Report immediately by clicking the report 4 Runa Shared Report at a later time by right clicking the report and selecting Run Deferred 4 Save the Shared Report to your My Reports folder by right clicking the report and selecting Save As My Report For details see How to Copy a Shared Report on page 50 4 View the information about the Shared Report by right clicking the report and selecting Properties For details see Dashboard Properties on page 33 4 View Report Library content if applicable by right clicking the report and selecting Library Versions For details about using the Library Versions option to view Report Library content see Viewing Reports in the Report Library on page 88 4 Schedule the distribution of the Shared Report if applicable by right clicking the report and selecting Schedule For details about using the Schedule option see your Re
140. ace to m m m m m Monitor the status of a Deferred Receipt report View the report output Delete a report Save a Deferred Receipt report Review or change parameters in a Deferred Receipt report For more information see Using the Deferred Report Status Interface on page 111 How to Submit a Report for Deferred Receipt 1 2 Log on to Managed Reporting Expand the domain containing the report you want to run in deferred mode WebFOCUS opens the domain in the right hand pane of the Domains Interface Select a group folder from the Standard Reports tab the My Reports tab or the Shared Reports tab Select a Standard Report My Report or Shared Report and click Run Deferred You may be prompted to supply a WebFOCUS Reporting Server ID For more information see Signing on to a Server on page 37 If the report contains variables when the intermediate window HTML form opens to prompt you for a value enter a value in the input box Click Submit The Deferred Report Notification window opens to display notification of successful or unsuccessful submission of the deferred request Close the Deferred Report Notification window to return to Managed Reporting Click Deferred Status to view the status of the Deferred Receipt request using the Deferred Report Status Interface For more information about monitoring and viewing Deferred Receipt requests see Using the Deferred Report Status Interface on page 111
141. ading Style Sheet file searches for and finds DOOR by highlighting the word in blue WebFOCUS Report Windows Internet Explorer oj xj a gt Al gt wh lage y Gols GB PAGE 1 COUNTRY CAR MODEL SEATS ENGLAND JAGUAR Vi2XKE AUTO 2 JAGUAR XJ12L AUTO 5 JENSEN INTERCEPTOR III 4 TRIUMPH TR7 i 2 FRANCE PEUGEOT 504 4 NYNA 5 ITALY ALFA ROMEO 2000 4 DOOR BERLINA 4 ALFA ROMEO 2000 GT VELOCE 2 ALFA ROMEO 2000 SPIDER VELOCE 2 MAGCERATT INARA 2 NAAN zl m a E Find WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 271 Creating On Demand Paging Reports Creating On Demand Paging Reports Procedure Example 272 How to Create an On Demand Paging Report You can create your own On demand Paging report from Report Assistant You can run this report immediately or in deferred mode Note that On demand Paging is not currently available with OLAP enabled reports For more information on running a report in deferred mode see Using the Deferred Report Status Interface on page 111 How to Create an On Demand Paging Report 1 2 3 From the Domains list window select the Reporting Objects tab Select a Reporting Object from the list Click Report Assistant Report Assistant opens Add fields and customize your report For more information on creating reports with Report Assistant see the Creating Reports With Report Assistant manual Click the Re
142. ain Domain Search Block Type Launch List Folder Output Tree Favorites Note You may only select one item for Launch Folder or Output blocks B Domains B Default Domain Content List Standard Reports Reporting Objects My Reports G Shared Reports Remove Clear Block Name Launch Block name will be the heading text of the block E Deactivate Block Hide Block Toolbar MS Office output options Enable Scroll Buttons Enable Scroll Bars Save Cancel How to Add a Content Block 1 From the Content window select the content page in which to add content If you need to add content pages see How to Create Content Pages on page 97 Click Add Block The Add Block window opens Select the desired Block Type option WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content 4 Select a domain from the drop down list You can also add items to a content block using Domain Search See How to Add Items to a Content Block Using Domain Search on page 101 Note If you are creating an Output block adding domain items is optional because Output blocks do not require default output Click Submit to retrieve the contents of the selected domain Expand the domain folders you want to select items from by clicking the plus sign located next to the folder icon Note Only one report in EXL2K PIVOT format can be active at a time Therefore it is not recommended to place output of this form
143. al for information on the EXPIRE_REPORTS parameter that controls temporary file expiration and the mime wfs file that defines reports formats and whether they use redirection WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 117 Deferred Report Status Interface Features Special Behavior for Sorting by WebFOCUS Reporting Server User ID Sorting by WebFOCUS Reporting Server user ID enables you to bring deferred reports you want to interact with to the top of the list At the same time the deferred reports that you cannot interact with are pushed to the bottom of the list and sorted alphabetically This is a Special sort Regardless of the setting for a gt z or z gt a when the sort value is Server ID deferred reports for the current ID appear at the top These are followed in sort order by deferred reports for other Server IDs if any exist The Server ID automatically appears in the Options column Example Sorting by Server ID You may see deferred reports listed that you are not allowed to interact with if they 4 Are inconsistent with the case that you use when you log on with your WebFOCUS Reporting Server ID Connect to different WebFOCUS Reporting Servers or to the same WebFOCUS Reporting Server at different times with different WebFOCUS Reporting Server user IDs The following image shows a sample Deferred Report Status window with three reports that have no options for interaction WebFOCUS aA Refresh Sort By D
144. also available in the Domain Builder How to Locate an Item Using the Search Engine 1 Access Managed Reporting 2 Select the domain you want to search 3 From the Domains view select the Standard Reports My Reports or Reporting Objects tab and select an item in the tab including Custom Reports which have their own folder under My Reports 4 To access the Search dialog box from the Domains view click Search WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting The Search Within Component where Component is the description you selected dialog box opens as shown in the following image Search within Corporate Sales OF x Number Found 0 Remaining 0 Search for J Math Case J Entre Doman Find New Search Next Previous Cancel 5 Enter a search string which can include any combination of words or characters Select the Match Case check box if you want the search to be case sensitive 6 Click Find The Number Found counter in the Search dialog box displays the search results The first instance of the string appears highlighted in the Managed Reporting tree 7 Click Next to find the next instance of the search string or Click Previous to move to the previous instance of the search string The Remaining counter changes to indicate how many items are left in the search If only one item is found Next and Previous are disabled and the Remaining counter reads 0 To start a new search s
145. ame folder Dashboard assumes you want to make a copy A copy number is appended to the name of the copied file and Dashboard creates a new internal name for this file WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 41 Creating Reports in Dashboard For example when you copy and paste a file named Sales Summary within the same My Reports Custom Reports folder the copy appears in the Dashboard tree as Sales Summary Copy as shown in the following image The new internal name is sales_summary_copy_1 fex Special characters and spaces are replaced with underscores 9 Standard Reports 9 Reporting Objects My Reports 9 Custom Reports Sales Summary Sales Summary Copy 1 9 Shared Reports E Other Files If you copy and paste a file to a different My Reports Custom Reports folder the Confirm Create New File dialog box opens as shown in the following image There already exists a My Report Custom Report with internal name admin sales_summary fex Would you like to create the item with a new internal name This dialog box notifies you that the internal name already exists in the folder and asks you to confirm that you want to make a copy of the source file with a new internal name 42 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard If you confirm the copy a copy number is appended to the name of the copied file as shown in the following image and Dashboard creates a new internal name for this file Standard Reports
146. anaged Reporting tree WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 245 Saving and Displaying OLAP Reports and Graphs in Other Formats Uniform Field Name Referencing in OLAP The manner in which a developer designs a report with regard to field referencing carries through to both the OCP and the OLAP Selections pane Field referencing does not differ between the report and the OCP and OLAP Selections pane Field references by AS TITLE or field name are uniform in the report output and OLAP controls Note For Developer Studio 7 7 and subsequent releases Business Views with the same name as the original Master File will output in OLAP when fully qualified field names are turned on This includes instances where the fully qualified field name is not the same as the segment name For all releases previous to Developer Studio 7 7 the fully qualified field name must be the same as the segment name to ouput in OLAP Saving and Displaying OLAP Reports and Graphs in Other Formats In this section Saving OLAP Reports and Graphs in the My Reports Folder How to Display an OLAP Report and Graph in PDF Format Save an OLAP Report and Graph as an Excel File Display an OLAP Report and Graph as an HTML Active Technologies Report OLAP reports and graphs appear in your browser in HTML format You can display the report and corresponding graph in PDF Excel and active report formats and in folders within Managed Reporting 246 WebFOCUS
147. ard Domain Tree or from any of the following Dashboard items 4 Favorites list Recents list WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 97 Adding a Content Block 4 Floating Domain Tree Domain Search results Note The Publish option is also available from a saved Standard Report or My Report opened in InfoAssist For details on using InfoAssist see the WebFOCUS InfoAssist User s Manual To publish a report to a content page in Dashboard right click the Standard Report or My Report and select Publish The content page and content block appear immediately in Dashboard You can edit or delete the content block as you would any other content block Adding a Content Block 98 From the Add Block window you can create content blocks The following are the types of content blocks you can create 4 Launch blocks Can contain only one item When Dashboard opens the item automatically launches A launch block that is created to display a report in EXL2K EXCEL or DOC formats should use scroll bars instead of scroll buttons 4 List blocks Can contain many items from one or more domains The items can be from any folder in any domain to which a user has access Users can run a report or access an Internet resource by clicking a hyperlink from the list WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content 4 Folder blocks Lists the entire contents of a folder including its subfolders that have been created in Managed Re
148. areae a pa a EE RT Rd RENE aeoea Raai EROR aS 166 Grouping Numeric Data Into TileS ccccceceeceeeeeeceececeeuecececuecececueseseeseseseesesesenees 184 Performing a Calculation on a MEASULE cccccceccecceececneceeeecuececauceeececueceesussueseeseseesees 187 Limiting Data csudicidnctiernesudense seine slamcexdduwded stu sdwanvbageaeduanteevededevddacbeey sagvevuvactetgeeedysetuiwecncwnes 192 Applying Selection Criteria to Date EIOMENtS cccccceececeececeeseeeceeeececeeseceteeseeees 201 VISUGIIZING Pren S cenere eraa ad edeetuccese nde Mica ian E a a a Gio 2s 215 Displaying Graphs ANd REPOMAS cccceceececeeeececeececeeeececueceaucuesecucuececeseeseceeeeseeetsnsesenes 216 Controlling the Display of Measures in a REPOMt ccccecceececceeceeeeceeceecueceeseceueeeeseseesaees 226 Stacking MCASUES c ccececcecececcecececceceeeccecneecceceeececcececacceceeceascescrsecescresceseress 227 Changing the Order of Measure Columns cccccccceeceeceeceececeeeeeeeeceeceeceseeeeeeeesaeeaes 230 Hiding and Displaying MEASUIES cccceceeeececcececeecececeesececeeseseeaeseseestsesaeseseesesees 232 Adding and Removing DiIMENSIONS ccccecceceecececeecececeeceeecuececaeaececueaesuecesesueeeseeeeaesers 238 Saving OLAP REPOrtSicscccidccveetierescecsvceweetisddac select der inea aredd eniai deLaedadecdeacttacsvewsdeetones 245 Uniform Field Name Referencing in OLAP ccccccecceeceecee
149. ashboard Administrator and create your own personalized content pages Content pages are optional If you have only one content page tabs do not appear in the actual Dashboard view when you add content blocks You can create a content page and add a report to it through the Personalize menu or through the Publish option in Standard Reports and My Reports drop down menus as explained in Publishing Reports to Content Pages in Dashboard on page 97 Users can create any number of content pages and design the page layout Administrators can also customize the color of content page tabs background and text color For details see Selecting Content Layout on page 109 When creating content pages note that 4 You can rearrange the order of the pages using the Move Left Move Right and Set Default buttons in the Content window The Set Default button promotes the current page to the first page lt Only one output block is allowed per page When Dashboard opens only the reports on the current content page are executed All other reports are executed when you click the respective content page tab WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content Reports on content pages do not automatically refresh when tabbing from one page to another To refresh a report click the Refresh button in the toolbar for that report Procedure How to Create Content Pages 1 Select the Personalize link in the banner then select Content from the submenu
150. at type into a content block Subsequent attempts to execute a report in this format will fail since the original report will still be active Select the items in the domain folders to populate the Content List If you are creating a List block you can position the items using the arrows next to the Content List Accept the default block name or change the name in the Block Name text box Note 4 If you name your content block before you select content the block name may be overwritten with the name of the Domain item you select You can change the name after selecting content 4 If you create an empty launch list or folder block and enter a block name when you click Save the name is overwritten with Empty Block This occurs only with launch list and folder blocks Output blocks retain the name you enter Select the Enable Scroll Buttons or Enable Scroll Bar option button 10 Click Save when you have finished selecting the content for your block Procedure How to Add Items to a Content Block Using Domain Search 1 2 3 From the Add Block or Edit Block window click Domain Search Enter the criteria for your search and then click Search From the results on the right side of the window click an item to add it to your content block View your content block to verify the items you have added WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 101 Adding a Content Block Adding Report Library Content to a Content Bl
151. ata files 51 56 user options 90 Utilities link 74 V vertical graphs 218 View Library Versions 88 Viewer Control Panel 265 267 case sensitive searches 267 closing 265 navigating reports 265 searching reports 267 viewing deferred reports 112 119 viewing recent reports 89 viewing sorted OLAP data 163 164 Views link 74 visualizing trends 215 Ww watch list 28 74 88 93 94 96 97 98 99 blocks 28 93 98 interface 88 94 96 97 WebFOCUS Indexi web queries 128 WebFOCUS server 125 web searches 127 128 WebFOCUS Viewer 17 263 WebFOCUS Browser Version 137 139 WebFOCUS Viewer search results 269 OLAP and 137 139 WebFOCUS Business Intelligence Dashboard 16 19 21 22 WebFOCUS client configuration 125 WebFOCUS Developer Studio 137 139 OLAP and 137 139 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting 16 WITHIN attributes in a Master File 137 working with OLAP reports 144 Y YRTHRESH value 215 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 331 Index 332 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Reader Comments In an ongoing effort to produce effective documentation the Documentation Services staff at Information Builders welcomes any opinion you can offer regarding this manual Please use this form to relay suggestions for improving this publication or to alert us to corrections Identify specific pages where applicable You can contact us through the following methods Mail Documentation Services Customer Support Inf
152. ate 2 Dete X gt Help Refresh every seconds min 5 seconds Enable Refresh I Date Time Submitted Domains Description Expires In Options Wednesday October 03 2001 Acme Materials 29 days Delete View Save Run 9 06 15 AM Manufacturing Friday September 28 2001 Acme orders by 25 days Delete View Save Run 2 35 14 PM Manufacturing month Friday September 26 2001 Acme top 10 dealers 25 days Delete View Save Parameters 2 36 04 PM Manufacturing Wednesday October 03 2001 Acme returns over 29 days Submitted by Server ID MFUSER 9 04 50 AM Manufacturing 1 000 Current ID is ntuser1 Thursday September 27 2001 Acme top 10 dealers 24 days Submitted by Server ID NTUSER1 2 30 01 PM Manufacturing Current ID is ntuser1 Thursday September 27 2001 Acme returns over 24 days Submitted by Server ID NTUSER1 2 27 11 PM Manufacturing 1 000 Current ID is ntuser1 118 WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface Setting the Automatic Refresh Interval How to Set the Automatic Refresh Interval You can set the automatic refresh interval to any value The default is 5 seconds and there is no maximum value Procedure How to Set the Automatic Refresh Interval 1 Enter a time interval in seconds in the input box below the gray toolbar The default value is 5 seconds There is no maximum value 2 Check the box to enable automatic refresh Viewing Deferred Reports How to View a
153. ate and save a report or graph from either the Custom Reports folder a Custom Reports subfolder or a Reporting Objects group folder Locate the saved report or graph in the corresponding folder of the Domain Tree right click the report or graph and select Properties The Properties dialog box opens Select the Share Report check box and click OK Tip Alternatively if you are using Report Assistant or Graph Assistant when you are finished creating the desired report or graph you can click Save As in the File menu select the Share Report check box in the dialog box that appears type a descriptive name and click OK WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 49 Creating Reports in Dashboard Procedure How to Copy a Shared Report Procedure 50 To copy a Shared Report to your My Reports folder 1 In the Domain Tree expand the Shared Reports folder The Shared Report folder displays folders with the names of users who have contributed reports Expand the desired user folder The expanded user folder displays subfolders that were used to create the Shared Reports Expand the desired subfolder that contains the Shared Report you want to copy Right click the Shared Report and select Save As My Report The Save As My Report dialog box opens You can keep the original name or change the name of the report by deleting the original and typing a new name in the Description field Click OK WebFOCUS copies th
154. ate or Delete New Custom Report Folders Edit a Custom Report Reference Dashboard Text Editor You can create My Reports using Reporting Objects You can also copy a Shared Report and save and modify it as your own My Report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 37 Creating Reports in Dashboard 38 In addition you can create new reports from scratch in the Custom Reports folder Custom Reports enable you to create your own reports using a reporting tool or the text editor Reporting tools include InfoAssist Report Assistant Graph Assistant and Power Painter The tools you have access to are dependent on how your Managed Reporting Administrator configured the Dashboard environment and whether or not you are assigned the Advanced privilege Depending on which tool you use to create your report you can edit your report using the same tool or the text editor You can change the name of your Custom Report from the Properties window and you can create new folders in the Custom Reports folder From Custom Reports you can also upload import an external data file for use in one of the available reporting tools For details see Uploading Data Files on page 51 You can insert a procedure within another procedure when creating a custom report For details see Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE on page 304 Note You may not be able to create reports or Custom Reports in Dashboard if you do not have privileges to do
155. background colors are for the current session only Times New Roman i Enables you to change the font of the editor drop down menu Font Enables you to change the font size of the text in the ok Font size drop down editor menu Note lt If you create a Custom Report using InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant and then edit the report with the text editor you can only open and edit the report using the text editor J If you use a Firefox browser the editing toolbar which begins with the cut copy paste features listed in the table does not appear Use the standard control keys Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V to cut copy and paste When you click the X in the upper right corner of the text editor the procedure is saved however the Domain Tree does not refresh To refresh the Domain Tree contents click the refresh button circle with arrow in the toolbar AG WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Working With Shared Reports How to Share a My Report Share a New Report Copy a Shared Report Edit a Shared Report When you create reports and graphs you may want to share them with others in your organization The Shared Reports feature addresses this need by enabling you to create reports and graphs and make them available to other users who access the same domain By designating a report as shared you allow other users to run it from the Shared Reports folder in the Domain Tree Oth
156. bjects il Bales if Accessory Sales a amp Coffee Sales iE Custom Grinds Sales i Prepackaged Sales The size of the left and right panes in the domain window can be adjusted by dragging the bar separating the panes Horizontal and vertical scrolling is enabled when the content of a particular tab is too wide or long to fit the screen Note The arrows only bring the tab into view You must click on the tab to actually select it and load the information in the frame WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 277 Using Domains in Java based Managed Reporting Using the Toolbar 278 How to Choose a Domain The toolbar buttons shown in the following image enable you to perform tasks and utilize functionality described in the table and procedures that follow oo FPYyofbw VY eB S FH OD a K BO 4 The following table lists and describes the buttons in the toolbar emon foem OOS New Adds a new component For example if you highlight the Domains folder and then click New you create a new domain Open Close Opens closes a selected object Edit Displays the WebFOCUS code for the selected object report procedure or launch page in the text editor window Report Assistant Opens the Report Assistant Graph Assistant Opens the Graph Assistant Deferred Status Displays the Deferred Report Status Interface in a new browser window ReportCaster Enables you to access ReportCaster For more information s
157. bling you to create reports and make them available to other users who access the same domain By designating a report as shared you allow others to run it The report is run from the Shared Reports tab in the Domain window Another user cannot edit a Shared Report in the Shared Reports tab However users can copy and save a Shared Report to their own My Reports tab After saving the report to the My Reports tab users can then edit it without affecting the original report The Administrator designates who may make reports and graphs available to others All users who access the Domains window have the ability to view shared reports All users who access the same domain may run and copy reports designated as shared from the Shared Reports tab Note that this does not include users with the User role who cannot copy reports WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Using the Shared Reports Tab The Shared Reports tab is in the Domains Interface The tab consists of folders named for the users who contributed Shared Reports When you expand a folder all the reports contributed by a particular user appear under a Reporting Object group folder or subgroup folder These reports are available to all other Managed Reporting users who can access the domain You can use the Deferred Status Help Open and Refresh buttons without selecting a report To use the other buttons you must expand a folder and select the report you want to run
158. bmit the report to run deferred with the new parameters you specified WebFOCUS generates your report again using the new parameters and does not overwrite your original report request How to Retrieve Deferred Request Parameters 1 Open the Deferred Report Status Interface 2 In the Completed or Unknown tabs identify the report containing the parameters to review 3 Click Parameter under the Options column heading An intermediate window HTML form opens a To review and accept the original parameters close the browser window b To change the parameters enter a new value in the input box The original request runs in addition to the newly submitted request 4 Click Submit The Deferred Report Notification window opens 5 Close the Deferred Report Notification window to return to the Deferred Report Status Interface Using Deferred Report Status Interface Options In the following example you will manipulate a report called Current Salary Report that has been submitted as a deferred request This example is based on a report developed using the Employee Master File and is intended to offer a practical demonstration of some of the options available in the Deferred Report Status Interface You should note that an Administrator can develop a similar file for training purposes WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface 1 Open the Deferred Report Status Interface 2 Under the Completed tab locate Curren
159. ccsscceceeceeeecseeceeseeeeceecueceesesueaessesensees 297 TEX EGOR ase tkntcceacce tase ae setac teem tcame art e a 298 Editing a My RE POM sesoses iee ienn wewesciae iced vi dedueean wid chddadteedy ol Eea Deira ra irea PE nada Ea aati 302 Editing a Custom Report and its PropertieS cccccececceceeeeeeceeeececeecececuececeseeseeeeeeaeeeees 302 Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE ccccccececeeeececeeeececeesececeeseeeeeeaeeaees 304 Filt ring Dates 24 cone see ne e aaa eE aa dea aero Ani Ee rA EEN ARRA EERE 312 Simple Filtering Criteria ccccccecceceeceeceeceeceeceeecenececeeceececaeeceeseceesaeseeceeseeensaesaes 312 Complex Filtering Criteria ccccccececceccecceeceeceeaecenececeeceecesaueceeseceesaeseeceeseeensaesans 313 Searching a DoMain ares eein arenei suds E eveudeistvadeveresesiedencoesvesedeetessuseueiacwowe 317 Reader COoMmentsS sssss2 1 25uuunnn nnn 333 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 7 Contents 8 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Preface This documentation describes the WebFOCUS Managed Reporting end user environment which provides easy access to the information that users need regardless of hardware platforms database structures or application programs It is intended for users that need to run and create reports How This Manual Is Organized This manual includes the following chapters Introducing WebFOCUS Describes Ma
160. ceeeceeceecueceecuseeceeseseesaees 246 Saving and Displaying OLAP Reports and Graphs in Other Formats cceceeeeeeeeeeeees 246 Saving OLAP Reports and Graphs in the My Reports Foldet ccccceeeeseceeeeeeeeeees 249 6 Visualizing Trends in Reports ccscscsecssseeseeeeseesesenseeseseeseseeseneesessesesseneeees 251 Applying Bar GrapnSs 2coceccdiceteaphesectces aidashid bideades a ea Eaa ida aa a da sides oadeedgadee EES Ee E aiaa ea DE 252 Associating Bar Graphs With M SUIES cccccececeeceeeeeeceecececeeeeseceecececueaeceseeseseeerseseees 253 Data Visualization Bar Graph AttribUtes cccecececececeteeeeeceseeeeaseeeeeeaeetseesaeeeeeeeas 254 Applying Bar Graphs to Measures in an OLAP Repott cccceceeeeceeeececeeeeseeeeaeeees 254 Applying Bar Graphs to Measures Using the Selections Pane or Control Panel 256 7 Using the WebFOCUS Viewel 1 sscscsssscsseseeseeseseeseseeeeseeeeeseseeseeeeseeeeenseenanes 263 Navigating a Report With the WebFOCUS VieWEL ccceceececeeeececeeeeeeceeeeceeeesesersesesenses 264 Using the Viewer Control Panel cccccceccececeecececeeceeecuececaeaeceeaeaeceeceseseeeceseeseseeeseseees 265 Searching a REPOM sesccieedeisscssdvehweacshows sdana riai ea aa i aaa Eaa Eea 266 Creating On Demand Paging Reports ccccccccececceceeeeeeceeeececeeceeeceecesusueeeseesesesersesesenses 272 A Using Java Applet Managed Repor
161. cending order and Help button Refresh can also be automatically scheduled by entering the number of seconds for refresh and selecting the Enable Refresh check box The bottom part of the window lists the completed deferred reports containing Date Time Submitted Domains Description Expires in and Options information PA WebFOCUS oes Refresh Sort By Date x 8 Hew Refresh every seconds min 5 seconds Enable Refresh I Date Time Submitted Domains Description Expires In Options Friday August 06 2004 O1lxp Current Salary Report 29 days Delete View Save 10 27 20 AM Parameters 7 Click View under the Options column to view Current Salary or click Save to save Output of Current Salary to the Output folder under your My Reports tab Procedure How to View Report Properties You can view report properties to determine whether your Administrator has designated a Standard Report or Reporting Object as a Deferred Receipt report 1 2 3 Select a report from the Standard Reports tab Click Properties on the Domain window toolbar If the report is a Deferred Receipt report Run Deferred appears in the Properties dialog box after the folder name Click Cancel to exit the Properties dialog box and return to the Domain window Saving Deferred Receipt Reports 286 How to Save a Deferred Receipt Report You can save Deferred Report output when the report status is Completed When you
162. ces provide options that include Go To Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties The following image of the sample Role Tree has Century Corp Public and Sales Supports groups The Century Corporation group contains a domain with three reports Human Resources Main View Information Builders and Orders Shipped by Plant Role Tree Default Group Century Corp E3 Human Resources Main Yiew Information Builders Orders Shipped by Plant Regional Product Sales Sales Support Depending on how your administrator has set up your view of Dashboard you may or may not have access to the Role Tree If the sidebar showing the Role Tree is not displayed in your Dashboard view the Role Tree may be accessible by selecting the Tree banner hyperlink Selecting the Tree banner hyperlink opens a new browser window that contains a floating Domain Role Tree How to Select a Role Tree 1 From Dashboard click the arrow in the Groups For drop down list and highlight the desired Role Tree You can view all Role Trees associated with your group by selecting All Groups from the list WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Note If Role Tree is not displayed by default click the Role Tree button in the Domain Tree toolbar Click Submit The Role Tree refreshes To expand a domain folder and display its contents click the plus sign located next to the folder icon To collapse a folder and hide its
163. ck box in the report Properties dialog box See How to Share a My Report on page 290 Designate a new report as a Shared Report when you save the report from Report Assistant or Graph Assistant This can be done by clicking the Share Report check box in the Save dialog box when you are ready to save a new My Report See How to Share a New Report on page 290 Only users who have been granted the Shared privilege by their Administrator can share a My Report How to Share a My Report To make an existing report available 1 Click the My Reports tab 2 Double click the Reporting Object group folder and the subgroup folder that contains the report you want to share Select the report Click Properties to open the Properties dialog box a 2 Click the Share Report check box near the bottom of the Properties dialog box 6 Click OK The dialog box closes and the report becomes available to every user who accesses the domain You return to the My Reports tab How to Share a New Report To make a report or graph that you are creating available to others 1 Click Save after you make your selections in the reporting tool 2 When the Save New Report dialog box opens enter a descriptive name for the report 3 Click the Share Report check box 4 Click OK The dialog box closes and the report becomes available to every user who accesses the domain You return to the My Reports tab How to Copy a Shared Report To copy a Shared
164. contents click the minus sign located next to the folder icon Viewing Content Blocks In this section Setting Automatic Refresh for a Content Block Viewing List and Folder Block Items When viewing content in Dashboard the following options and information are available m Content page name f your Dashboard view contains multiple content pages tabs with the content page name appear along the top of the content area Block name Appears on the left side of the content block toolbar Refresh button Refreshes the contents of the block Refresh check box and time interval field Appears on the right side of the content block toolbar if an administrator has enabled automatic block refresh functionality For details see Setting Automatic Refresh for a Content Block on page 72 Edit button Displays the Edit window in the View Builder This allows you to change the block type the contents of the block and the block name For details see Creating Dashboard Content on page 93 Scrolling Click any of the arrows in the content block toolbar to scroll through a report or a hyperlink list If scrolling arrows do not appear you can browse the block using the scroll bar Maximize button Allows you to maximize the content block When you maximize a content block it displays in a new browser window Note For active reports in a content or launch block if you edit a field column and then maximize the block you will not see
165. d Exposing a Measure Column From the Selections Pane The following is an example of hiding and exposing a measure column from the Selections pane 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 Because of the OLAP settings selected for this report the Selections pane is hidden For this example you will need to expose it 2 Right click QUARTER and select Show Panel from the menu As shown in the following image the report now looks like this two measures Quantity and Line Cost of Goods Sold appear v Measures w Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name Jae 7 EEA 7 E YEAR QUARTER MONTH Product Type v Product Category Product Name sEm JR e orap P Run PF Reset P Save _ Help Line Store Cost Of E QUARTER Name Product Type Quantity Goods Sold Q1 AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22206 5109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital i 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog i 1 315 015 00 Digital 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 1 542 036 00 3 In the Selection pane click the arrow to the left of the Measures control to list the measures in the report Notice that both measures are checked WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 235 Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report 4 To hide Line Cost of Goods Sold click the check panel until it is blank as shown in the following image FS e Graph Manufacturing Plant
166. d Reporting End User s Manual 51 Creating Reports in Dashboard Procedure How to Upload a Data File 1 In the Domain Tree right click the Custom Reports folder and select Upload Data File as shown in the following image Domain Tree E g Domains amp Defaut Domain Standard Reports Reporting Objects E My Reports Custom Reports Report The first page of the Upload Data File dialog box opens displaying three sections that require you to make a selection 4 Select a file 4 File Format 4 Field Names 52 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 2 Click the Browse button to the right of the Select a file section A Choose file dialog box opens Navigate to the file location and select Open The following image shows the first page of the Upload Data File dialog box Upload Data File Windows Internet Explorer Select a file Broce Fik Format Excel Spreadsheet xis xlsx C comma separated values ov C Tab separated values Pipe separated values Field Marries f Audo generate field names First row containe field names In the File Format section select one of the following supported formats for the file you want to import 4 Excel Spreadsheet xls xISx 4 Comma separated values CSV 4 Tab separated values I Pipe separated values WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 53 Creating Reports in Dashboard 5 Inthe Field Names section select
167. d Reports tab expand the Regional Sales group folder Select Product Sales from the list displayed beneath the group folder and click Filters on the toolbar The Filters Selection window opens 4 Expand the Choose a Product and Choose a Region filter groups as shown in the following image roc hoose a Product Gifts Y Food Y Coffee hoose a Region WY West Y Northeast WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 315 Filtering Data 5 Select the Gifts filter from the Choose a Product filter group and click Add to apply it to your report as shown in the following image B S Product Sales E Choose a Region H West Notice that the Gifts filter is added to the filter criteria box 6 Select the West filter from the Choose a Region filter group and click Add to apply it to your report 316 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Notice that WebFOCUS displays the criterion you selected as Gifts And any of the following West in the filtering criteria box as shown in the following image E Product Sales E Choose a Product Gifts oms _ jAnd any of the following WVest 7 Click OK to return to the Standard Reports tab 8 To run Regional Product Sales select the report and click Run 9 Close the browser window to return to the Standard Reports tab Searching a Domain As repositories increase in size it can become difficult to quickly locate a specific item wit
168. d there Hiding and Exposing a Measure From the Report The following is an example of hiding and exposing a measure from the report 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 The report includes two measures Quantity and Line Cost of Goods Sold WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 2 Right click the Line Cost of Goods Sold and choose Hide from the menu as shown in the following image Store E QUARTER Name PRODTYPE at AV VideoTown Analog Sort by Highest Sort by Lowest Graph Hide o Audio Expert City Video Show Panel igi Help Consumer Merchandise 7 615 056 30 Ty City 8 401 966 46 22 653 221 65 Note The options available may vary depending on your OLAP format settings For more information see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 The report runs and displays only the Quantity measure 3 Right click Quantity and select Unhide A secondary menu displays the hidden measure WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 233 Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report 4 Select LINE_COGS to redisplay Line Cost of Goods Sold as shown in the following image Store E QUARTER Name PRODTYPE Quantity a1 AV VideoTown Analog Sort by Highest Digital Sort by Lowest Audio Expert Analog capa pata Unhide City video Analog Siaina Line Costs of Goods Sold Show Panel Digital Consumer Merchandise Analog Digital Ty City Analog Digital Note The opt
169. d you would prefer a direct flight so you look at routes and fares for other airlines In New York you can get to LaGuardia JFK and MacArthur airports on Long Island In California you can fly into Oakland or San Francisco While you would prefer to fly out on Sunday and return Tuesday morning you could consider a Saturday flight to California and a return flight on the red eye Monday night if fares and schedules are better You begin your search by airline and then look at options for each departure point and destination by day time and price Another approach is to start with an online consolidator enter the times you can fly and see what flights and fares are available There are a lot of variables to play with but in a half hour you have done your research and can make a good decision based on all available factors The Web sites you access are designed to facilitate your queries Various menus and selection panes make it easy to pursue each line of inquiry Required and optional information is identified for you You can move forward down a path of choices backtrack and start down a different path or resume the original path with different selections You need to keep track of the question you want to answer but a well designed site makes your investigation easy For most of us this process has become intuitive The same process works when analyzing the data in an OLAP enabled WebFOCUS report 128 WebFOCUS 5 Anal
170. dialog box option you can click or select this typeface Highlights a file name or command Key Key Indicates keys that you must press simultaneously Indicates two or three choices type one of them not the braces Indicates a group of optional parameters None are required but you may select one of them Type only the parameter in the brackets not the brackets Indicates that you can enter a parameter ee times Type only the parameter not the ellipsis points Indicates that there are or could be intervening or additional commands Separates mutually exclusive choices in syntax Type one of them not the symbol Related Publications To view a current listing of our publications and to place an order visit our Technical Documentation Library http documentation informationbuilders com You can also contact the Publications Order Department at 800 969 4636 Customer Support Do you have any questions about this product WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 11 Information You Should Have Join the Focal Point community Focal Point is our online developer center and more than a message board It is an interactive network of more than 3 000 developers from almost every profession and industry collaborating on solutions and sharing tips and techniques http forums informationbuilders com eve forums You can also access support services electronically 24 hours a day with InfoResponse Online InfoRe
171. dimensions the By fields are broken down to their last dimension level then the Across fields are broken down The original By and Across fields are removed The dimension elements under the removed By fields become the first set of By fields from left to right The dimension elements under the removed Across fields follow the first set of By fields from left to right 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP5 In the report Continent is a By field from the Geographic Area dimension and Risk Class is an Across field from the Risk dimension WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 157 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures 2 Click the CANADA_DOLLAR value of 67 021 020 in the Continent row for EUROPE under the RISK_CLASS High as shown in the following image v Measures v Graph Continent Region Country EJEA z EEA E E x RISK_CLASS Risk Factor F all v Ea v e orap P Run PF Reset P Save Help RISK_CLASS igh Low E Continent Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance CANADA_DOLLAR AMERICAS 186 124 457 260 574 240 279 928 961 ASIA 247 320 613 EUROPE 47 872 157 67 021 020 19 072 255 26 701 157 265 583 559 The report looks like the following image wv Measures w Graph Continent Region Country EUROPE vy All Jy Eal v RISK_CLASS Risk Factor High Jy Ea v P ILAP Ph Run Ph Reset P Save Help Risk E Region E Country E Factor Balance CANADA DOLLAR
172. e Is the file name of the Standard Report including the extension This value is prefaced by app for example app yrsales fex Incorporating a Custom Report Within Another Custom Report Using INCLUDE The following is an example of incorporating a Custom Report within another Custom Report using INCLUDE 1 Log on to Managed Reporting Click the Domains tab on the blue toolbar Select the domain you want to work with in the left frame Select My Reports in the right frame a Ff OO N Under My Reports select the Custom Reports folder WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Example Enter the following to create a new Custom Report using the Editor TABLE FILE CAR PRINT CAR END INCLUDE filename where filename Is the name of a Custom Report you have previously created Run the request The output of the request displays two tabular reports 8 Save the new report and exit the Editor 9 Right click the file and select Run The output of the request displays the same two tabular reports Including a Server Procedure Within a Custom Report Using MRNOEDIT and INCLUDE The following is an example of incorporating a server procedure within a Custom Report using MRNOEDIT and INCLUDE oa A ON P Log on to Managed Reporting Click the Domains tab on the blue toolbar Select the domain you want to work with in the left frame Select My Report
173. e you are asked to confirm that you want to replace the existing file 6 Click OK WebFOCUS saves the deferred report results including deferred Custom Reports to your My Reports tab in the Deferred Output group folder To return to your reporting environment close the Deferred Report Status Interface WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 123 Deferred Report Status Interface Features Deleting Tickets for All Report Status Types How to Delete Tickets for All Report Status Types From the Deferred Status Interface you can delete tickets for all report status types using the Delete drop down list located in the toolbar at the top of the Interface The drop down list provides options to delete All All Completed All Running All Queued All Expired and All Unknown reports but only when one or more reports exist for that status type in the Deferred Status Interface If a report status type is not displayed in the Interface the corresponding status option does not appear in the Delete drop down list You can also delete individual tickets using the Delete button located in the Options column next to each report The following image shows the Deferred Status Interface with the Delete drop down list expanded showing the available options 2004 11 02 21 AM All Running All Queued WebFOCUS ion Refresh Sort By Date au Refresh every seconds min 5 seconds Date Time Submitted D
174. e Dashboard The Dashboard interface is ideal for users who quickly need to run Standard Reports Check your WebFOCUS Installation manual for information about browser compatibility 18 WebFOCUS 1 Introducing WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Dashboard offers you the ability to m m m m Personalize the content displayed in your Dashboard view Perform advanced searches within domains Access reporting tools such as Power Painter Report Assistant Graph Assistant ReportCaster and Library Dynamically access non WebFOCUS documents When you connect to Dashboard you are also connecting to Managed Reporting which means all of the Standard Reports and Reporting Objects that are available to you in Managed Reporting are also available in Dashboard Managed Reporting is accessed by the Dashboard interface The interface is a customizable HTML based front end that allows you to m m C C O O m Run Standard Reports and My Reports either immediately or in deferred mode Create reports and graphs using Reporting Objects and Report Assistant or Graph Assistant Save the reports and graphs as My Reports Share reports with other users Edit My Reports Access the OLAP selections panel and OLAP Control Panel to manipulate the data in a report View reports with the WebFOCUS Viewer The following additional features are available depending on whether your site is licensed and your Administrator has granted you th
175. e capability to use these features m m Java Applets Schedule My Reports ReportCaster Respond to a Two Way Email from any e mail capable device including pagers laptops desktops and PDAs Two Way Email Java based Managed Reporting is an alternative to Dashboard For more information see Using Java Applet Managed Reporting on page 275 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 19 Managed Reporting Interface 20 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard WebFOCUS When you enter WebFOCUS Business Intelligence Dashboard you are automatically connected to WebFOCUS and WebFOCUS Managed Reporting From Dashboard you can perform the following tasks and more 4 Search for and select a domain view the status of a deferred report and personalize content blocks lt Use items reports graphs objects URLs in the Domain Tree and Role Tree 4 Access reporting tools such as InfoAssist Power Painter if applicable Report Assistant Graph Assistant ReportCaster and Report Library Note Depending on how your view of Dashboard was set up some features may not be available lt The browser Back and Forward buttons cannot be used to navigate between Dashboard pages or from a Dashboard View back to a page viewed before connecting to Dashboard This applies to Public UU U U oO oO HY WwW HO wv DU Group and Personal Dashboard Views Topics Opening Dashboard Required Browser Settings Recommended Browser
176. e report to your My Reports folder After you copy a Shared Report to your My Reports folder you can edit the report without affecting the original How to Edit a Shared Report 1 3 In the Domain Tree expand the My Reports folder then expand the subfolder that contains the Shared Report you previously saved as a My Report Right click the desired report or graph and select the reporting tool option InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant Graph Assistant WebFOCUS opens the reporting tool used to create the Shared Report and displays the report or graph you copied from the Shared Reports folder Edit the report or graph and save your changes For details on using InfoAssist see the InfoAssist User s Manual Power Painter see the Creating Compound Reports With Power Painter manual 4 Report Assistant see the Creating Reports With Report Assistant manual 4 Graph Assistant see the Creating Charts With Graph Tools manual WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 4 Editor see Dashboard Text Editor on page 44 Uploading Data Files In Dashboard you can upload import external data files for use in WebFOCUS reporting tools This functionality enables you to easily create a WebFOCUS file description and data file for use in your reporting application The Upload Data File option is enabled by default and is available to all users with access to the Custom Reports folder of the Domain Tree WebFOCUS Manage
177. e special characters in your search and replace criteria for example paragraph marks and symbols You can also search for text using the wildcard characters matches any number of characters specified with the and matches any single character specified with the Help Menu The Help menu contains the About Editor option Selecting this option opens the help file containing information about the text editor 301 Editing a My Report Editing a My Report Procedure How to Edit a Saved Report or Graph When you save a report or graph in a reporting tool WebFOCUS stores it under the My Reports tab in the Domain window This tab lists the saved report or graph under the same Reporting Object group folder that contains the Reporting Object used to create the report or graph WebFOCUS stores deferred report output in the My Reports tab under the Deferred Output group folder How to Edit a Saved Report or Graph 1 From the Domains window click the My Reports tab 2 Select the report or graph you want to edit from the Report and Graphs list box 3 Click Open The reporting tool used to create the report or graph opens showing your previous specifications Make your modifications and save the changes Exit the reporting tool WebFOCUS returns you to the My Reports tab Editing a Custom Report and its Properties 302 How to View and Edit Properties of a Custom Report Reference About Comments in the
178. eMart Digital 140 015 31 206 241 21 E Q3 eMart Digital 126 426 30 071 473 10 E Q2 Audio Expert Analog 110 762 25 053 803 36 E a4 Audio Expert Digital 102 833 24 568 019 60 EE Q3 Audio Expert Digital 95 688 24 171 865 55 EE at Ty City Digital 78 920 22 653 221 65 E Q4 eMart Analog 76 421 20 201 611 04 E Q3 eMart Analog 69 399 17 702 390 21 EE Q2 Ty City Digital 56 607 14 206 884 56 i a4 Audio Expert Analo 50 518 12 873 241 79 EE Q2 AV VideoTown Digital 52 314 12 710 259 47 EE 2 Sort the data by highest value You can either right click Line Cost of Goods Sold and choose Sort by Highest or click the Up arrow the tool tip reads Sort LINE_COG highest to lowest WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 255 Associating Bar Graphs With Measures The following image shows the results of sorting the data by the highest value 2j Store Name 3 PRODTYPE a Quantity 2 Line Cost Of Goods Sold Audio Expert Digital 111 421 Audio Expert Digita 105 983 108 221 Digita 115 102 nalo 97 128 nalo 74 737 Analog 78 449 Digita 72 126 igita 66 156 nalo 57 944 igi 50 076 53 275 41 307 39 515 36 306 29 627 27 377 25 897 PEREEEEEEE Audio Expert Audio Expert Audio Expert Iv City eMart eMart Ty City AV VideoTown Audio Expert PREEEERE 28 064 250 00 26 092 678 00 24 990 368 00 24 971 512 00 21 152 262 00 16 789 403 00 16 467 146 00 14 000 951 00 13 867 709 00 11 868 758 00 11 210 406 00 11 190 923 00 10
179. earch Se Favorite Location Q x B A gt Time Period Address E http localhost 8080jibi_apps WFServlet m YEAR Values E QUARTER Values E MONTH Values Store gt Product Dimension m MONTH Name m Product Type Drill Across 01 AV VideoTown Analog TX Remove l gt Tim Te Pivot Digital Audio Expert Analog Digital Drill D Ber rill Down Measures City Video Analog Store Name Z Quantity Digital T Product Type V Line Cost Of Goods Sold Consumer Merchandise Analog Digital Ty Ci Analog Digital nalo ital eMart Analog Web Sales f al gt ial Stack Measures J Show Graph xr j 5 Save 7 5 F PSelection Criteria 1 J 4 E Done 5 Click the Run button on the Control Panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 181 Sorting Data In the new report Quantity and Line Cost of Goods Sold are repeated horizontally for each month as shown in the following image E MONTH ot 02 B StoreName PRODTYPE Quantity S Line Cost Of Goods Sold Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold Av VideoTown Analog 147 35 280 00 9124 1 982 103 00 Digital 1426 299 504 00 10 823 2 334 172 00 Audio Expert Analog 14 061 2 281 228 00 34 413 7 254 037 00 Digital 14 062 3 432 741 00 39 905 9 674 622 00 City Video Analog 1 097 199 968 00 576 145 184 00 Digital 1382 339 594 00 805 136 405 00 Consumer Analog 1801 369 868 00 2835 639 082
180. ect July from the Months drop down list to change the current calendar month c Select 6 from the Days drop down list to change the current calendar day WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 211 Limiting Data 212 The following image shows the selections WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Problem gt Time Period E Date Problem Reported values 1E Year Problem Occurred Values 1E Quarter Problem Occurred Values Co Month Problem Occurred 21x Eh Date Problem Reported Inclusive v Range f M J Exclusive From Year Months Days z001 4 aune ale E i To Year Months Days m a e A t Run P Save P Help ok PCancel WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 9 Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane a To view the range of dates click the down arrow in the drop down list then click OK again b To report on information within the specified range of dates accept the default Within range Lal operator 10 Click Run to execute the report which now only displays problem information from June 6 2001 to July 6 2001 as shown in the following image Date Problem Problem Problem Problem E Category Reported Number Occurrence Incorrect Labeling 2001 06 07 6636 al 7660 ii 2001 06 10 7101 1 2001 06 14 6639 nl 7663 al 6638 ul 7662 at 2001 06 17 7103 il 7102 al 2
181. ed by a circle with a slash cross the center Example Repositioning Measure Columns The following is an example of repositioning measure columns 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 230 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in this image the column for the Quantity measure precedes the column for the Line Cost of Goods Sold measure QUARTER at Store Name AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise Ty City Web Sales BJPRODTYPE nalo E igita E nalo E igita E nalo Digital nalo ii igita nalo E igita E nalo Digital nalo Digital f E Fj ouantity Fj Line Cost Of Goods Sold 18 449 3 969 296 00 22 206 109 400 00 78 449 16 467 146 00 06 983 25 092 678 00 6 287 1 315 015 00 7196 1 607 513 00 6 980 1 542 036 00 14 957 3 251 090 00 19 077 3 772 119 00 41 307 10 128 967 00 545 124 366 00 829 190 201 00 97 128 21 152 262 00 08 221 24 990 368 00 2 To change the order of columns drag and drop Line Costs of Goods Sold before Quantity The cursor changes to a plus sign to designate where you can drop the field The report as shown in the following image now displays the Quantity column as its last column QUARTER Q1 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual B Store Name AV videoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise Ty Ci web Sales BJPRODTYPE
182. ee the ReportCaster Development and Library Content manual WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting muon peser OOOO Report Library Enables you to access the content in the Report Library Cut Removes an object Standard Report Reporting Object launch page or Other File from the domain and copies it to the clipboard Copies an object to the clipboard Removes the selected folder or object Places a clipboard item into a domain Note You must select a group folder within a domain to activate the Paste button Displays the name and data source of the selected object Displays online help Procedure How to Choose a Domain 1 Access Managed Reporting The Domains Interface opens 2 To open a domain double click the folder to the left of the domain name The contents of the domain appear in four report tabs in the right pane of the Domains Interface as shown in the following image Managed Reporter wp N 82m VY BBs F ODDO H 3 K Bl alg Be a Repository Corporate Personnel Infor Standard Reports Wy Reports Shared Reports Reporting Objects KA Bales EEE Sales Accessory Sales E gt Coffee Sales Custom Grinds Sales WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 279 Running a Report The following table lists and describes the tabs in the Domains Interface Standard Reports Lists reports or graphs created by your Administrator for you to run My Rep
183. elect the item you want to search within and click New Search To close the Search dialog box click Cancel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 319 Searching a Domain 320 WebFOCUS Index INCLUDE 304 A ACCEPT list 196 ACROSS fields 154 156 157 OLAP and 154 selecting 154 156 157 sorting with 154 Add Block window 98 adding a column 110 Advanced privilege 291 amper auto prompting 57 58 59 customizing launch pages 59 launch page 58 launch page templates 59 report options 58 amper variables 59 analyzing report data 129 144 applying selections criteria in OLAP 192 201 to dates 201 auto prompting 57 58 59 launch page templates 59 AutoDrill 139 147 automatic drill down 137 139 automatic refresh 119 AutoSort 159 161 B banner links 74 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual WebFOCUS bar graphs 251 252 253 254 257 258 259 262 associating with columns 252 associating with dimensions and measures 253 257 259 262 attributes 254 deleting from measures 258 horizontal 251 252 vertical 251 252 bid config xml 33 block names 71 browser settings 25 26 27 Temporary Internet Files option 26 BY fields OLAP and 154 selecting 156 157 C case sensitive searches 266 267 changing passwords 24 column values in OLAP reports 147 159 162 163 164 165 227 displaying stacked 227 sorting by 159 162 163 164 165 columns 110 252 adjusting width
184. ement to the report you can drag it from the Selections pane into the report frame The cursor changes to a plus sign to indicate an acceptable location Each dimension has a relational operator button located to its left This button toggles through a selection of basic numeric operators that enable you to quickly define your selection criteria The operators are Equal to Not equal to Less than or equal to Less than but not equal to Greater than or equal to and Greater than but not equal to For details see Selection Criteria Relational Operators on page 192 The following image shows the Equal to operator as the selection for each dimension in the Selection Pane v Measures w Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name 7 E 7 E YEAR QUARTER MONTH Product Type HA BR e i lin Product Category Product Name PDA Devices 7 Elka 7 e IAP Pm Run PP Reset MP Save Help Line Product Cost Of Name Quantity Goods Sold ZT Digital PDA Commercial 13 591 4 743 259 00 ZC Digital PDA Standard 2 429 604 821 00 The name of the dimension field appears as defined in the Master File even if an alternate column title has been specified In addition you can customize the display of the measures in your report from the Selections pane You can click either the Measures or the Graphs arrow in the upper left corner of the pane to list the measures From the Measures arrow you can display or h
185. eports created and saved by users My Reports Custom Reports and Shared Reports Standard Reports A Standard Report is a pre defined procedure that your Administrator creates and stores in a group folder or subgroup folder You use Standard Reports to retrieve data that changes on a regular basis for example monthly inventory reports or weekly sales reports Each time you run a Standard Report the output reflects the most current data while the format of the report remains constant Reporting Objects A Reporting Object is a tailored view of a set of data that your Administrator creates and saves to a group folder You use the data contained in a Reporting Object to create personal reports quickly and in compliance with the reporting rules and guidelines of your company My Reports A My Report is a personal report you save while working in a domain Once you access a Reporting Object and create a report you can save the report as a My Report Once saved you can run or edit these reports No other user has access to your reports WebFOCUS 1 Introducing WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Custom Reports A Custom Report is a report that you create and edit using Report Assistant Graph Assistant or the Editor Custom Reports are located in the Custom Reports folder located under the My Reports tab in the Domains environment Custom Reports are available to users who have been granted the Advanced privilege in Managed Reporting Administrator
186. er users cannot edit a Shared Report in the Shared Reports folder but they can copy a Shared Report to their own My Reports folder and then edit the copied report without affecting the original All users who access the Domain Tree have the ability to view run and copy Shared Reports Note that users with the User role cannot copy Shared Reports Only users who have been granted the Shared privilege by their Administrator can share a My Report The My Reports that you contribute appear in the Shared Reports folder of other users and display the Shared Report 4 icon These reports also appear in your My Reports folder displaying the same Shared Report icon to denote that they have been made available to others Note that Custom Reports can be shared in the same manner as My Reports The Shared Reports folder in the Domain Tree consists of folders named for other users who contributed Shared Reports All the reports contributed by a particular user appear under the Shared Reports folder in a subfolder named for the Reporting Objects group folder Custom Reports folder or Custom Reports subfolder where the report was created Shared Reports are available to all other Managed Reporting users who can access the same domain Note that reports that you share are not listed in your own Shared Reports folder WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 47 Creating Reports in Dashboard The following image shows three Shared Reports contributed by
187. erefore eliminating the need to scroll to the left or right WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content When scroll bars are enabled scroll bars display when content exists that cannot be viewed within the displayed window When this option is selected scroll buttons do not display in the toolbar Note A launch block that is created to display a report in EXL2K EXCEL or DOC formats should use scroll bars instead of scroll buttons Procedure How to Select Scrolling Options for a Content Block 1 From the Content window select the content block you want to add scrolling options for and click Edit Block The Edit Block window opens You can also access the Edit Block window directly from Dashboard by clicking the Edit icon for the content block you wish to edit 2 Select the Enable Scroll Buttons or Enable Scroll Bars option button 3 Click Save Hiding the Toolbar in a Content Block How to Hide the Toolbar in a Content Block When you hide the content block toolbar automatic block refresh functionality is not available Additionally scrolling is automatically set to use scroll bars because scroll buttons are not available when the block toolbar is hidden WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 107 Editing a Content Block Procedure How to Hide the Toolbar in a Content Block 1 From the Add Block or Edit Block window select the Hide Block Toolbar check box Block Type Launch List Folder
188. eria f City Video Analog 1405 285 323 00 Digital 8835 2 025 508 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 8 556 1 817 536 00 zi z See Click OK The main Control Panel window reopens Click the Run button in the Control Panel WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 183 Sorting Data Report sorting is unchanged but the QUARTER column no longer appears as shown in the following image Store Name EJPRODTYPE Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold AY VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22 206 5 109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 6 287 1 315 015 00 Digital 7196 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Digital 14 957 3 251 090 00 T Ci Analog 19 077 3 772 119 00 Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 AY VideoTown Analog 11 781 2 663 655 00 Digital 27 3tF 5 928 507 00 Grouping Numeric Data Into Tiles 184 How to Group Data Into Tiles in an OLAP Report You can group numeric data into any number of tiles percentiles deciles quartiles and so on in tabular reports For example you can group student test scores into deciles to determine which students are in the top ten percent of the class Grouping is based on the values in the selected vertical BY field and data is apportioned into the number of t
189. et Managed Reporting 9 If you share your Custom Reports they will be available to other users in the Shared Reports tab as shown in the following image Standard Reports My Reports Shared Reports Reporting Objects aig Sales ef Abernathy Adam i A Davis Norman i sos A Default Administrator a8 oS Custom Reports H40 annual sales Duration of Custom Reports and My Reports Folders Users with the Advanced privilege can create Custom Reports and will always have a Custom Reports folder under the My Reports tab even if the Custom Reports folder is empty When a user with the Advanced privilege logs on to Managed Reporting for the first time a Custom Reports folder is created and remains for the duration of all sessions The folders that appear under the My Reports tab are based on existing Reporting Objects folders and are only added when you create a My Report from a Reporting Object When the last My Report for a Reporting Object is deleted the corresponding folder is automatically removed The Custom Reports folder cannot be removed because it only exists under My Reports for that particular user Creating Procedures With the Text Editor In this section Text Editor WebFOCUS provides a text editor that you can use to create view edit and run the source code for procedures and HTML files required by your applications The text editor enables you to use familiar Windows editing techniques such as cut copy and pas
190. eter report from an HTML form created with HTML Composer 4 In Version 7 Release 6 9 and higher the report is saved as a HTML form and not a procedure FEX and therefore cannot be scheduled For more information see Version 7 Release 6 1 and higher Upgrade Considerations You can schedule the report from the HTML form if it includes the Schedule option For information on adding ReportCaster scheduling capabilities to a form see Designing a User Interface for a Web Application With the HTML Composer manual 4 In Version 7 Release 7 because Saved Parameter reports created from an HTML Composer form with Save Value option should not be edited due to their internal structure the Restrict Developer Access property is enabled for these reports Even though Managed Reporting Administrators can edit Saved Parameter reports we recommend that they not because changes to these reports could render them unusable 62 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Procedure How to Save Parameter Values to a My Report 1 Runa report that has parameters 2 Select your parameter values and then click the Save the Parameter selections as a My Report Ga button Note The appearance of this button may be different depending on your application The Save Parameters dialog box opens as shown in the following image Save Parameters Dialog Microsoft Savel Saved Parameter R PE SaveParmReport Ok Save As Report Name Cancel Help 3 From
191. existing file or click Cancel to return to the Saved Parameters dialog box Note Administrators and Developers can save parameter selection values as Standard Reports WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard When you select Run from the menu options for Saved Parameter Reports the saved values are used to run the report and the prompt form does not display When you select Edit Parameters the prompt form appears so you can make changes to the values before running the request You can Run Deferred which also shows the prompt form before running the request Additional menu items for Saved Parameter Reports that are available from Dashboard are Delete Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties You can also schedule the report for later execution if you have scheduling capabilities Note m Saving parameter selections is only available if you have been assigned the Save entered values privilege by your administrator Multi select drop down list values are not selected when you view the launch form for the My Report with saved parameters Prior to Version 7 Release 7 02 the Saved Parameter report and the report from which it was created must reside in the same Managed Reporting Domain If you copy a Saved Parameter report created prior to Version 7 Release 7 02 from one domain to another you must also copy the original report to the target domain When creating multiple saved parameter reports for the same report or graph
192. f the block E Deactivate Block E Lock Block W Hide Block Toolbar E MS Office output options E Automatic Block Refresh Enable Scroll Buttons Enable Scroll Bars Save Cancel Note 4 You cannot export multiple reports and graphs that are embedded in a single HTML page to PowerPoint PowerPoint MS Office output option is only supported with an Internet Explorer browser Firefox and other browser types are not supported WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 65 PowerPoint Integration With Dashboard Exporting Reports to PowerPoint From Dashboard A report can be exported from Dashboard to PowerPoint as a new presentation A new file is created the report is placed in the first slide and the styling is retained Exporting Static Graphs to PowerPoint From Dashboard A static graph can be exported from Dashboard to PowerPoint as a new presentation A new file is created and the graph is placed in the first slide as an image of the graph output Note that the datasheet object is not populated with graph data Exporting Live Graphs to PowerPoint From Dashboard How to Export Live Graphs to PowerPoint From Dashboard A live graph is the term used to describe an MSChart object that stores data in the datasheet object which makes it possible to manipulate data in a graph Live graphs can be exported from Dashboard to PowerPoint with the following menu options New PowerPoint presentation A new presentation is
193. ference files Quality Assurance Human Resources DAL CD Players 2 220 319 15 248 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 29 Selecting a Domain Selecting a Domain 30 All of the domains that a user is authorized to access are displayed in the Domain Tree by default A user can limit the number of domains displayed in the Domain Tree by selecting a subset Favorite Domains of the available domains in the Domain Tree section of the Personalize Options window For details see Personalize Options Window on page 91 Depending on how your Administrator has set up your view of Dashboard you may not have access to the Domain Tree There may also be a banner hyperlink called Tree which you can select to display a floating Domain Tree in a separate browser window The following image shows an example of a Domain Tree displaying multiple domains including the Sales Support domain which contains Standard Reports Reporting Objects My Reports and Shared Reports folders as well as subfolders and report icons Domain Tree E g Domains W Century Corp Public W Regional Product Sales Sales Support o 4 Standard Reports E Order Analysis J Product Analysis By Sales Analysis Product Measures OLAP Enabled Turnover Ratio Summary E 43 Reporting Objects Ad Hoc Analysis Sales Views E Sy My Reports G Custom Reports G Shared Reports A list of the domain folders and objects populated from the Managed Reportin
194. ferred reports option is not available Procedure How to Run a Deferred Report 1 Select an item in the Domain Tree Role Tree Folder or List block 2 Select Run Deferred from the menu A notification window displays indicating that the report was successfully submitted for deferred execution as shown in the following image information ZA NebFOCUS omaron Wednesday July 30 2003 2 04 19 PM Human Resources Main View has been successfully submitted for deferred execution 3 To view the status of the deferred report click Utilities from the Dashboard banner and then Deferred Status from the menu The Deferred Report Status interface window opens For additional information on deferred reports see Using the Deferred Report Status Interface on page 111 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 69 Using Role Trees Using Role Trees Procedure 70 How to Select a Role Tree Role Trees contain items reports graphs launch pages and URLs that have been associated with the User Groups to which you belong For example if you belong to the Public Century Corporation and Sales Support groups you have access to the items in the respective Role Trees Items in a Role Tree have the same functionality as items in a Domain Tree When you select an item in a Role Tree reports provide options that include Run Run Deferred Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties and Internet resour
195. for hyperlinks m Web Page Searches only HTML pages m Folder Searches only for folders WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 77 Searching Domains 4 All Does not restrict the type of domain object to search Date Modified Enables you to search for items in a specific date range Select from 4 All Searches without date restrictions 4 During the previous number of days Searches only those reports that were created or modified in the past number of days you specify During the previous number of months Searches only those reports that were created or modified in the past number of months you specify Between date 1 and date 2 Searches only those reports that were created or modified between the set of dates you specify The format of the date and time shown in the Domain Search Results window and in the Modified since panel are based on your system setting Procedure How to Search a Domain From Dashboard click Utilities Select Domain Search The search window displays in a separate browser window If necessary click Advanced Search for more options Select the domain you wish to search from the drop down list or select All Domains Enter the text string you wish to search for in the text box ie a i ae ee Click the option buttons and check boxes next to the desired search options For details on basic search options see Basic Search on page 76 For details on advanced search
196. for selection equals is the default You can toggle through a list of operators See Selection Criteria Relational Operators on page 192 4 Repeat steps 1 3 for each dimension whose values you wish to limit 5 Click the Run button on the band below the Selections pane Tip To change or eliminate selection criteria reopen the values list and choose another value or choose All Example Limiting Continents and Regions From the Selections Pane The following is an example of limiting continents and regions from the selections pane 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP7 194 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in the following image the Selections pane above the report the controls for Continent and Region are set to All to show all values of each dimension You wish to focus on the data for one continent and one region v Measures Risk Factor E Continent AMERICAS ASIA EUROPE v Graph Continent all County P OLAP j Region CENTRAL AMERICA NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA FAREAST MIDDLE EAST EASTERN EUROPE RISK CLASS RISK_CLASS P Save j Balance CANADA DOLLAR Medium Low Medium Unknown Medium Unknown Medium Medium High Medium 56 230 934 260 574 240 242 488 333 11 592 334 93 131 279 29 594 655 283 725 179 62 523 679 67 021 020 103 747 616 arans ra 40 200 667 186 124 457 173 205 952 8 280 274 66 522 342 21 139 039
197. for your report or graph manipulate and style the data and save the procedure which is automatically saved in a My Report subfolder named for the group folder where the Reporting Object is located Internet hyperlinks identified by the Internet hyperlink icon include Go To Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties For details about using the Library Versions option to view Report Library content see Viewing Reports in the Report Library on page 88 For details about using the Schedule option to schedule reports see your ReportCaster documentation WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Reference Note Q If you are running very large reports you may need to increase the virtual memory on your machine See your System Administrator for details 4 Amenu does not appear if you are accessing a public view of Dashboard Only the default action is allowed for the list items in a public view The following image shows the public view of Dashboard containing the Century Corporation domain In the Domain Tree panel right clicking an item within the Standard Reports folder displays a pop up menu with options that include Run Run Deferred Publish Schedule if applicable Library Version if applicable Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties Domain Tree e Logoff Accessibility On Tree
198. from each location and which method is most suitable and efficient for your particular OLAP settings You can perform a wide range of basic analytic functions from the report itself Changes you make in the report are implemented instantly Every OLAP user can perform these tasks 4 Sort the data in measures in either ascending lowest value to highest or descending order highest value to lowest J Drill down on measures dimensions or both depending on the settings described in Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 Hide fields in the current report View hidden fields in the dimensions hierarchy and add them to the report Change a vertical By sort field to a horizontal Across sort field and vice versa Delete sort fields Uw O bk O Add a column of small bar graphs that help you visualize trends in numeric data measures 4 Display a graphical representation of your data in a frame above the tabular report For an illustration of report powered OLAP analysis see We Do It Every Day Typical Web Query on page 128 Selections Pane 144 When the OLAP Selections pane is turned on you can quickly limit the data in the report by selecting specific values for the dimensions in the hierarchy A drop down list is available for each dimension You can multi select values from one or more dimension lists to refine your report output WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report If you wish to add a dimension el
199. from the Deferred Report Status Interface when the report status is Completed This option allows you to retrieve specific data contained within the report Procedure How to Retrieve Deferred Receipt Request Parameters 1 Open a domain 2 Select the Standard Reports or My Reports tab 3 Click Deferred Status The Deferred Report Status Interface opens Note Click Refresh to obtain the most current status of deferred requests WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 287 Sharing a Report 4 Inthe Completed or Unknown tabs identify the report containing the parameters to review In the Options column for that report click Parameter The WebFOCUS Auto Prompt Facility window opens 5 In the WebFOCUS Auto Prompt Facility window do one of the following 4 Review and accept the original parameters and close the browser window Change a parameter by entering a new value in the input box 6 Click Submit The Deferred Report Notification window opens to display notification of successful or unsuccessful submission of the deferred request 7 Close the Deferred Report Notification window to return to the Deferred Report Status Interface Sharing a Report 288 In this section Using the Shared Reports Tab Designating a Report as Shared Sharing a Custom Report Frequently you create reports or graphs that you may want to share with others in your organization The Shared Reports feature addresses this need by ena
200. g a C O O O a a E a InfoAssist see the InfoAssist User s Manual Power Painter see the Creating Compound Reports With Power Painter manual Report Assistant see the Creating Reports With Report Assistant manual Graph Assistant see the Creating Charts With Graph Tools manual Editor see Dashboard Text Editor on page 44 Note After editing with the Dashboard text editor you will not be able to use reporting or graphing tools to open reports created using InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant because the tools cannot read some user added syntax Edit the report as necessary and save any changes To change the name of the custom report click the report and select Properties Edit the name in the Description text box Click OK Reference Dashboard Text Editor You can use the text editor to create view edit and run the source code for Custom Reports in Dashboard The text editor enables you to use familiar editing techniques such as cut copy and paste You can also find and replace text and specify case Note After editing with the Dashboard text editor you will not be able to use reporting or graphing tools to open reports created with InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant because the tools cannot read some user added syntax 44 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard The following image shows the text editor with a sample file in the editing window Car by
201. g Domain appear in a tree structure You can access any of the items contained in the domain When the contents of a Domain Tree change such as when a My Report is added the contents are automatically updated You can also use the Refresh button circle with arrow in the toolbar to update the Domain Tree contents WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Note If a domain is configured to restrict My Reports from being saved in it then the My Reports and Shared Reports folders do not appear in the tree structure of that domain The icons located next to each item represent the item type In the following table the first column lists the icons and the second column describes what they represent E9 Reports Reports and reporting objects in a domain io 5 Internet hyperlinks Web pages and reports run from launch pages Using Domain Tree Items In this section Loading Domain Tree Folders Using Filters in Dashboard Signing on to a Server Reference Dashboard Properties A domain can contain reports reporting objects and Internet hyperlinks These items are located in the Standard Reports My Reports Custom Reports located within My Reports Shared Reports and Reporting Objects folders of a domain When you right click an item from one of these folders a menu appears that enables you to select one of the options available for that item type Note that the Schedule Library Version and Filter options are available only w
202. g Trends in Reports on page 251 How to Add a Column of Bar Graphs for a Numeric Measure The quickest way to apply data visualization graphics is from the report itself 1 Right click the title of a measure column 2 Choose Visualization from the menu The report runs automatically displaying a column of bar graphs following the selected measures column Tip To remove the bar graphs right click the measure column title and choose Remove Visualization from the menu For other methods of applying bar graphs to columns see Visualizing Trends in Reports on page 251 Displaying Graphs and Reports 216 How to Graph a Measure From the Selections Pane Create a Pie Chart From the Selections Pane Graph a Measure From the Control Panel Reference Combining Graph Styles and Measure Styles in OLAP Graphs When you graph a measure in an OLAP report you select the specific data elements to include and view the tabular report and a graphical representation of the identical information simultaneously in a split window The graph appears in a frame in the top half of the window to facilitate comparison To create a graph the data in the report must include at least one numeric measure and one sort field By or Across The Graph control is activated in the Selections pane or the Control Panel when these basic requirements are met WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in the following image it includes three sor
203. ges The Deferred Status Interface presents the user with a delete confirmation message before deleting a deferred report that is in Completed Running or Queued states A confirmation message is already displayed for deferred reports in Unknown status When you click the delete button from the Deferred Status page you are prompted to confirm the delete before the deferred report is actually deleted A similar confirmation message is used for all deferred reports but the message varies depending on the conditions WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 125 Deferred Report Status Interface Features The following list shows confirmation messages and the associated conditions 4 If the report is expired or was deleted from the server the message recommends deletion and indicates that there is no report output on the specific WebFOCUS server as shown in the following image Microsoft Internet Explorer 4re you sure you want to delete Deferred report entry Monday July 10 2006 3 54 05 PM Graphing Options Recommended as there is no report output For this report on server EDASERVE j Cancel l If the WebFOCUS server is unavailable the message indicates there is an error attaching to the specific WebFOCUS server as shown in the following image Microsoft Internet Explorer Error attaching to server EDASERYE re you sure you want to delete Deferred report entry Monday July 10 2006 4 01 02 PM Graphing Options
204. h the new file name When this is done the application server will need to be restarted The following is an example of the code String POWERED_IMG_SRC WORP_AssetsManager getAssetHREF img_logos powered gif request getContextPath String CORPORATE_IMG_SRC WORP_AssetsManager getAssetHREF img_logos mylogo gif request getContextPath Note This can only be done by an administrator WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 87 Viewing Reports in the Report Library Viewing Reports in the Report Library 88 In Dashboard you can click a report and access the Library Versions menu option that enables you to view the report in the Report Library for that Managed Reporting MR procedure Note that a single MR procedure can be scheduled for ReportCaster distribution multiple times and that there can be multiple reports within a single schedule due to the burst feature in ReportCaster The primary benefits of using the Library Versions option include 4 Better integration between Report Library and Dashboard through a unified interface I Faster easier access to reports stored in the Report Library 1 Reduced overhead of running the same report multiple times by multiple users If you are a user with Library privileges then the Library Versions option is available from a pop up menu when you right click a procedure in the Dashboard Domain Tree This option is only shown if the
205. hange the background image property which is shown in bold type in the following Cascading Style Sheet CSS code idBannerDiv height 41px background image url style logo_banner_TOP gif background position top left background repeat no repeat margin 0px margin top 0px cursor pointer The option to select different launch page templates can be set in the WebFOCUS Administration Console using the Parameter Prompting selection under Client Settings where you can set the IBIF_describe_xsl value to one of the launch page templates You can also enter the name of the desired launch page template in a FOCEXEC using the following code lt describe_xsl gt template lt describe_xsl gt where template Is set to one of the following launch page template values J autoprompt_top displays the parameters horizontally at the top of the page and is the default template value J autoprompt_top_checked is the same as autoprompt_top but the Run in a new window check box is preselected WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 59 Creating Reports in Dashboard 4 autoprompt displays the parameters vertically at the left side of the page J autoprompt_checked is the same as autoprompt but the Run in a new window check box is preselected l autoprompt_simple is the basic input form Saving Parameter Selections 60 How to Save Parameter Values to a My Report You can save parameter select
206. haracter in the cell 4 Excel files must be saved in a binary format To ensure this open an Excel file select File select Save As use the Save as type drop down list to select either Microsoft Office Excel Workbook xls xIsx or CSV Comma Delimited csv then click Save WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Amper Auto Prompting The amper auto prompting facility enables you to select parameters and run the report while still being able to view and change your parameter selections You can also display and hide parameters to widen the screen as needed For example the following image shows a report that requires parameter selection Select a Product Category Select a Product Type Select All CD Players Analog Digital Cameras xl run Reset swe _Clear output lel ead I Run in a new window 1 Specify values for all parameters 2 Select the run button to submit the request WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 57 Creating Reports in Dashboard After you run the report the output appears as shown in the following image SS Select a Product Category Select a Product Type Select All CD Players Camcorders Cameras xl SALES ACROSS PRODUCT Region EAST State NY Product Category CD Players Camcorders Cameras DvD Digital Tape PDA Devices Recorders Store Name AV VideoTown 452 430 00 4 283 998 00 287 212 00 786 964 00 584 844 00 3 487 726 00 Audio Expert 359 2
207. he left of the Graph control to list the measures a Click the BALANCE measure check pane then choose the vertical bar icon to the right of the measure This is the default graph type Click the CANADA_DOLLAR measure check pane then toggle through the graph icons until you see the vertical area graph As shown in the following image the Selections pane has the Graph control listing BALANCE represented as a vertical bar and CANADA_DOLLAR represented as a vertical area v Measures Y Continent Region Country all liv Eal Jy Eal lv a Balance w Risk Factor V CANADA_DOLLAR x e OAP Pp Run P Reset rP Save _ Help J Continent Balance CANADA DOLLAR AMERICAS 495 472 731 693 661 823 ASIA 247 320 613 346 248 858 EUROPE 332 527 971 465 539 159 4 Click the Run button on the band below the Selection pane to generate the graphs WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The following image shows the results of the graph selections v Measures v Graph Continent a RISK_CLASS Risk Factor FI 5 all E All All KA l AMERICAS EUROPE Continent Balance m CANADA_DOLLAR M Continent Balance CANADA DOLLAR AMERICAS 495 472 731 693 661 823 ASIA 247 320 613 346 248 858 EUROPE 332 527 971 465 539 159 Procedure How to Create a Pie Chart From the Selections Pane The following procedure is an e
208. hen applicable The options for 4 Standard Reports identified by the Report icon include Run Run Deferred Open Edit Source Cut Copy Delete Publish if you are allowed to personalize a view Schedule Library Versions Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites Filter and Properties The Run function does not appear if your Administrator defined the report as deferred only Note When viewing the details of a drill down report use the Back button in your browser to return to the original report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 31 Using Domain Tree Items 32 My Reports identified by the Report icon include Run Run Deferred the tool used to create the report InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant Delete Publish if you are allowed to personalize a view Schedule Library Versions Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties When you delete a report if the report is the only item in the folder the folder is also deleted You also have the option of deleting a folder including all of its contents For details about creating My Reports see Creating Reports in Dashboard on page 37 Custom Reports identified by the Report icon and located in the My Reports folder include Run Run Deferred the tool used to create the report InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant Editor Cut Copy Paste Delete Schedule Library Versions Add to Favorite
209. hin a domain WebFOCUS includes a search engine that can scan different components of a domain to locate particular items The Managed Reporting search engine allows you to search Managed Reporting for all instances of any character string within a chosen domain A search string can consist of several words a single word part of a word or any other combination of characters WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 317 Searching a Domain Procedure 318 By default searches are not case sensitive but you can select a Match Case option to execute a case sensitive search Search results include instances of the search string within item descriptions at all levels of the Managed Reporting tree which includes the domain name groups subgroups report names and Reporting Objects By default the search engine looks for instances of the search string that occur at the same or lower level of a selected object If you select a group folder search results include instances of the search string only within that group not within the entire domain In the Domains view search results apply only to a selected tab For example searches executed from within a domain in My Reports do not include results for that domain in Standard Reports The search engine is available in the Standard Reports My Reports including Custom Reports folder and Reporting Objects tabs but not in the Shared Reports tab Note The WebFOCUS search engine is
210. ialog box opens a Inthe User ID input box type your user ID b In the Password input box type your current password c In the New Password input box type your new password d In the Confirm Password input box retype your new password 2 Click Submit A confirmation window displays a message indicating that your password was successfully changed Note f you change your password in Dashboard it also changes for Managed Reporting Library Only User Logon Library Only Users and other Managed Reporting users log on to their respective Group Views using the same URL The Library Only Group View is only accessible to a named user and only through a Group View Each Library Only User should be a member of only one group Library content is retrieved based on user ID not based on Group membership and access to Library content by a Library Only User is the same for all groups of which the user is a member Note In some applications it may be important to differentiate the Library content that is available in Dashboard Content blocks using different Group Views In this case the Library Only User can use the Views banner link to navigate from one Group View to another Library Only Users do not have access to the Managed Reporting interface Required Browser Settings How to Set the Temporary Internet Files Option Set Advanced Browsing Options The following Internet Explorer browser settings are required for use with
211. ick the item and select Add to Mobile Favorites All items that are listed in the Mobile tab of your Favorites list will be displayed on the Mobile Favorites launch page when you log in from a mobile device Note that you can only view Mobile Favorites for the Managed Reporting user ID and password you use to log in The following image shows the Favorites dialog box displaying a sample list of saved report items in the Mobile tab S Call Center Help S Dashboard S Detail Analysis G 9 Insurance Fraud a E Insurance Fraud Help 8 Loan Defaults ee a Loan Defaults Help S Reason Detail Report items stored in the Mobile tab of the Favorites list are sorted alphabetically by title All of the options that are normally available for an item are available from the Mobile Favorites list including Run Run Deferred and Schedule WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 81 Mobile Favorites If you want to remove an item in your Mobile Favorites list select the check box next to the item and click Remove You can remove all items by clicking Select All and then clicking Remove To send an e mail containing the URL to your Mobile Favorites list so the items in the list can be viewed in a mobile device click the Send Email button For more information see How to E mail Mobile Favorites on page 82 You can refresh the list of report items by clicking Refresh and close the Favorites dialog box
212. ide the selected measure s or request a column of simple bar graphs to reveal trends From the Graphs arrow you can choose the measure s you wish to graph and specify one of seven basic graph types vertical and horizontal bar line area and pie charts Note that the Selections pane is resizable The controls for dimensions measures and graphs float as you resize the report window so that they continue to be visible in the frame Five buttons appear below the Selections pane OLAP Run Reset Save and Help OLAP opens the OLAP Control Panel OCP 4 Run executes the report with the current set of selections WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 145 Three Ways of Working With OLAP Data 4 Reset resets all the controls in the report to their previous state that is before the current set of selections was made and after the last execution of the report 4 Save opens a list of options from which you can save or view the document Help opens up the WebFOCUS online help OLAP Control Panel From the Control Panel you can perform every analytic function available to a WebFOCUS OLAP user as shown in the following image yj WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog 2 x Dimensions gt Time Period gt Product Dimension Drill Across Drill Down Measures T Product Name V Quantity Line Cost Of Goods Sold es el I Stack Measures I Show Graph Run j F Save h Help j selection Crite
213. ied number of highest values when sorting high to low or lowest values when sorting from low to high When you sort a measure any subtotals subheadings or subfootings in the report are automatically suppressed since these elements relate to a specific sort field and are not meaningful when the report is resorted by the values in a measure column For an illustration see Applying a Percent Calculation to a Measure on page 189 Note Sorting by measures is not available in a report in which measures have been stacked See Hiding and Displaying Measures on page 232 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 159 Sorting Data Procedure Example 160 How to Sort Measures High to Low Low to High in an OLAP Report To sort the values of a measure from high to low 4 Click the top half of the diamond EJ button or 4 Right click the measure and select Sort By Highest from the menu The report runs automatically The highest value is now first in the column The top of the diamond button becomes solid blue to indicate the current sort direction To sort the values of a measure from low to high 4 Click the bottom half of the diamond EJ button or 4 Right click the measure and select Sort By Lowest from the menu The lowest value is first in the column The bottom of the diamond button becomes solid blue Tip After a measure has been sorted clicking the upper or lower half of the diamond button inverts the sort order
214. ield and no By fields all Across fields are removed from the report and all of the dimension elements under the removed Across fields become By fields from left to right in the resulting report This convention ensures that the maximum number of Across values supported by WebFOCUS is not exceeded The values that appear for the new By fields are controlled by internally generated selection criteria The measure values in the resulting report depend on the values of the new By fields 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP3 In the report RISK_CLASS and Continent are dimension Across fields on which you can drill down WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 2 Click the Balance value 671 290 under RISK_CLASS Low and Continent AMERICAS as shown in the following image w Measures w Graph Continent Region Country 7 E 7 E RISK_CLASS Risk Factor All v all v e orap P Run PF Reset rP Save Help E RISK_CLASS High Low E Continent EUROPE AMERICAS EUROPE Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance 5 306 250 7 428 750 15 831 810 22 164 534 The report now looks like the following image v Measures v Graph Continent Region Country AMERICAS vy All w All v RISK_CLASS Risk Factor z E v e OLAP P Run P Reset r Save _ Help J Factor Region E Country Balance CANADA DOLLAR 3 NORTHAMERICA CANADA 671 290 939 806 1 747 953 2 447 134 2
215. ile groups you specify The following occurs when you group data into tiles 4 Anew column labeled TILE by default is added to the report output and displays the tile number assigned to each instance of the tile field You can change the column title in the Tiles section of the OLAP Control Panel WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report m m Tiling is calculated within all of the higher level sort fields in the request and restarts whenever a sort field at a higher level than the tile field value changes Instances are counted using the tile field If the request displays fields from lower level segments there may be multiple report lines that correspond to one instance of the tile field Instances with the same tile field value are placed in the same tile For example consider the following data which is to be apportioned into three tiles o oa a a e O In this case dividing the instances into groups containing an equal number of records produces the following table However because all of the same data values must be in the same tile the fives 5 that are in group 2 are moved to group 1 Group 2 remains empty The final tiles look like the following table 1 1 5 5 5 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 185 Sorting Data Procedure How to Group Data Into Tiles in an OLAP Report 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 Select a numeric or date field from the Drill Down pane 3 Click the So
216. indows m Mobile Favorites Email Sent When set to No the default if you right click a report item and select Add to Mobile Favorites a dialog box opens where you can send an e mail containing a link to your Mobile Favorites which changes the setting to Yes When set to Yes you have to click Send Email in the Mobile tab of the Favorites window to send an e mail with a link to your Mobile Favorites WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 91 Setting User Options Reference 92 The Domain Tree section enables you to select the domains to be displayed when you log on to Dashboard By default all of the domains available to you are displayed in the Domain Tree and listed in the Available Domains box You can move domains to the Favorite Domains box to limit the display of domains in the Domain Tree to a subset of the domains available to you Use the arrows between the boxes or double click a domain to move it from one box to the other If the Favorite Domains box is empty all domains are displayed in the Domain Tree The Popup Menu section has two options an option to enable menu and an option to select the menu event type The enable menu option determines if the pop up menu is displayed or not When the enable menu option is set to the default value of Yes pop up menu behavior is the same as in previous releases If the enable menu option is set to No the pop up menu does not display and the first default action that
217. ine Cost Of Goods Sold eMart Digital Q2 115 102 24 971 512 00 Audio Expert Digital Q2 111 421 28 064 250 00 eMart Digital at 108 221 24 990 368 00 Audio Expert Digital at 105 983 25 092 678 00 Procedure How to Reposition Sort Fields From the Control Panel Example 174 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 Select a field in the Drill Down or Drill Across pane 3 Click the Shift Up or Shift Down arrow until the field is in the desired position Repeat for other fields as needed 4 Click Run to execute your report Repositioning Sort Fields From the Control Panel The following is an example of repositioning sort fields from the Control Panel 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 2 Click the top half of the diamond button next to Quantity to sort values from high to low The dimension values adjust accordingly The report now shows the Quantity values from high to low but according to the QUARTER sort order as shown in the following image BJQUARTER StoreName PRODTYPE 4 Quantity 4 Line Cost Of Goods Sold Q2 eMart Digital 115 102 24 971 512 00 Q2 Audio Expert Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 at eMart Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 at Audio Expert Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 You would like to change the sort order in the report making Store Name the first sort field followed by PRODTYPE and QUARTER 3 Click the square icon button next to QU
218. ing and view a report Power Painter Power Painter is a Web layout and report creation tool that enables you to create output and page layout formats It combines reporting graphs and page layout design in a single tool Report Assistant Report Assistant is an HTML based tool that you use to create tabular reports From Report Assistant you select the data that constitutes your report create new data from existing data apply screening conditions to the data as well as format and style your report Graph Assistant The Graph Assistant is an HTML based tool that guides you through the creation of a graph The Graph Assistant enables you to create and style your graphs WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 17 Managed Reporting Interface Graph Editor The Graph Editor enables you to change the style or formatting of graph output after it appears The Graph Editor may not be available with the graph that you run Your Administrator will decide which graphs you can edit OLAP Selections Panel and OLAP Control Panel The Online Analytical Processing OLAP selections panel and OLAP Control Panel enable you to view and manipulate data in your report With these tools you can make changes on demand and immediately see the output that results from your selections OLAP offers you many analytical features to help you interpret the data in your report ReportCaster ReportCaster is a tool that allows you to manage and schedule the
219. ing Banner Hyperlinks The following image shows a sample Human Resources folder with two procedures and two launch forms Favorites aiv Human Resources _ Average Experience 24 Payscale and Headcount By Position and Branch HR Measures Launch Form Prompt for Termination Date OLAP Enabled Report 6 Turnover Ratios by Branch Launch Form F Turnover Ratios by Branch Report Note The menu that opens when you right click an item is not valid for items in list or folder blocks Using Banner Hyperlinks 74 The hyperlinks in the banner provide a way to easily navigate Dashboard m m Logon Logoff Enables you to logon or logoff Dashboard Accessibility On Off Enables you to turn accessibility on or off in the current browser session The link is customizable and can be removed by an administrator in View Builder For non section 508 users accessibility is disabled by default and clicking the Accessibility On link enables accessibility in the current browser session For section 508 users including Public users accessibility is enabled by default and clicking the Accessibility Off link disables accessibility in the current browser session Tree Displays the Domain Tree and or Role Tree as a separate window This is useful when the Domain Tree or Role Tree is not automatically displayed for you or when you need to maximize your Dashboard space and still have access to the Domain Tree and or Ro
220. ings can be changed for a specific site by editing the bid user preferences xml file located in the worp conf directory After making changes to this file the WebFOCUS Web application must be reloaded Each user inherits a copy of the bid user preferences xml file the first time they connect to Dashboard Each user s personal settings are stored in the user preferences xml file of their own directory in worp_users Any changes to the original bid user preferences xml file does not affect preferences of a user that are stored in their own personal files WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Creating Dashboard Content When opening Dashboard content blocks display and contain launched reports hyperlinks to reports hyperlinks to Internet resources or output The following are the types of content blocks 4 Launch blocks List blocks Folder blocks Output blocks Tree blocks Favorites blocks 0 OC O O O wv Watch list blocks WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 93 Creating Dashboard Content Overview Creating Dashboard Content Overview When creating a content block select the block type the block contents and the block layout and for administrators the public or group view to which the block is associated You can create content pages to increase content space organize Dashboard content and add pages that display the ReportCaster Report Library Watch List or Deferred Status user interfaces For details see C
221. ion values as a My Report for reports that run immediately or run deferred By default these reports are saved in the Saved Parameter Reports folder that is automatically created under the My Reports folder but you can save parameter reports anywhere in the My Reports folder structure If the domain of the report whose parameter selection values you are using is restricted not to allow the creation of My Reports select another domain If there are no domains listed contact your Managed Reporting Administrator to obtain authorization to save My Reports to a domain You can also replace an existing Managed Reporting HTML form or procedure FEX when saving a Saved Parameter report The replacement requires that the selected file must be the same type HTML or FEX as the file being saved There are two cases for saving a Saved Parameter report HTML when saved using the Save Values option in an HTML form created by HTML Composer 1 FEX when saved from Amper Autoprompt form If the selected file type is not the same as the content being saved you will receive the following message To replace a file the file types must be the same Click OK to close the message and return to the Saved Parameters dialog box where you can choose another file or type a file name If the file name you type exists for the same file type FEX or HTML you will receive a message stating that the file name already exists Click Replace to overwrite the
222. ions available may vary depending on your OLAP format settings For more information see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 The report now displays the Line Cost of Goods Sold column as shown in the following image BJQUARTER Store Name BJPRODTYPE S Quantity Line Cost Of Goods Sold at AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22 206 5 109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 6 287 1 315 015 00 Digital 7 196 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Digital 14 957 3 251 090 00 Ty City Analog 19 077 3 772 119 00 Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Web Sales Analog 545 124 366 00 Digital 829 190 201 00 Procedure How to Hide or Display a Measure From the Selections Pane 1 Click the down arrow to the left of the Measures control to display a list of the measures in the report 2 Click the check pane next to a measure to display or hide it The check pane toggles through three positions 4 To hide the measure click the check pane until it is blank 4 To expose a hidden measure click the check pane until you see a check mark 234 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Tip You can use the same check pane to display a column of data visualization bar graphs for numeric measures This setting is represented as a graph in the check pane For details see Visualizing Trends on page 215 Example Hiding an
223. is http hostname port wf_context_root bid login where hostname port Is the host name and optional port number specified only if you are not using the default port number where the WebFOCUS Web application is deployed wf_context_root Is the site customized context root for the WebFOCUS Web application deployed on your Application Server The default value is ibi_apps Note Information Builders recommends that users do not share user IDs when using features that assign ownership of content or access to information based on the Managed Reporting user ID The features that fall into this area are Deferred Reporting and ReportCaster Within ReportCaster there are many considerations in the area of ownership of schedules distribution lists access lists Report Library access to view reports and distribution of reports to Managed Reporting Another area of consideration is tracing and debugging because when you are looking for the actions of a user that has multiple users using the same user ID isolating the problem becomes more difficult Procedure How to Open a Public or Group View 1 Enter the following URL in your browser to open the WebFOCUS Business Intelligence Dashboard index page http hostname port wf_context_root bid or If you know the name of the page you want to go to enter For public views http hostname port wf_context_root bid viewname_mpv For group views http hostname port wf_context_roo
224. it check pane and choose 2 from the input area c Click the Rank check pane 4 Click OK to return to the main Control Panel window 5 Click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel 172 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Notice that only two values now appear for each Quarter and ranked low to high within each group as shown in the following image Q1 1 AvVideoTown 2 Audio Expert Q2 1 AV VideoTown 2 Audio Expert Q3 1 AV VideoTown 2 Audio Expert BJQUARTER RANK Store Name E PRODTYPE Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Q4 1 AV VvideoTown Digital Analog 2 Audio Expert Digital Analog Digital 5 Quantity Procedure How to Reposition Sort Fields in an OLAP Report 5 Line Cost Of Goods Sold 3 969 296 00 5 109 400 00 16 467 146 00 25 092 678 00 2 663 655 00 5 928 507 00 11 868 758 00 28 064 250 00 1 792 498 00 3 625 972 00 4 216 289 00 14 210 406 00 1 844 696 00 4 553 762 00 5 916 936 00 14 190 923 00 You can change the order in which data is sorted and presented in the report For example you can change from sorting by State and then by Product to sorting by Product and then by State If you want to reposition 4 Vertical By sort fields drag and drop a field into a new column position 4 Horizontal Across sort fields drag and drop the lower field above the higher one or
225. ites and click the link For more information about e mailing Mobile Favorites see How to E mail Mobile Favorites on page 82 or Type the following Mobile Favorites URL in the browser of a mobile device http hostname port wf_context_root mobile where hostname port Is the name of the Web Server and optional port number specified only if you are not using the default port number where the WebFOCUS application is deployed wf_context_root Is the site customized context root for the WebFOCUS Web application deployed on your Application Server The default value is ibi_apps WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 83 Mobile Favorites 84 In the pop up form that appears as shown in the following image type your Managed Reporting user ID and password http mobilefaves ibi com ibi_apps mobile Q Logn Mobile Favorites Remember me Note When a valid user ID and password is accepted a non expiring cookie is written to the mobile device unless you deselect the Remember me check box which is selected by default This cookie is valid for the duration of the browser session to provide direct access to the Mobile Favorites launch page without having to provide log in credentials again If you close the browser you will have to enter a valid user ID and password to log in again WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard The Mobile Favorites launch page opens with the available report items displayed as links as
226. ithin the Managed Reporting domain You can select the CSS file in the reporting tools from Report Options or Report Properties 4 Report Assistant From the Report options tab select the Apply an existing Cascading Style Sheet option from the Global report styling section Power Painter From the Report Properties Stylesheet reference field browse to select the file type Cascading Style Sheet 270 WebFOCUS 7 Using the WebFOCUS Viewer 4 Open your report with a reporting tool or the Text Editor and apply the Cascading Style Sheet In the following code the findcolor css Cascading Style Sheet file is applied to the report TABLE FILE CAR PRINT CAR MODEL SEATS BY COUNTRY ON TABLE SET WEBVIEWER ON ON TABLE SET STYLE CSSURL ibi_html findcoler css ENDSTYLE END Note Fully qualify the URL to the CSS file when the CSS file is located on a different Web location than the WebFOCUS environment you are running the report from For example CSSURL http hostnamef port ibi_html findcolor css where hostname port is the host name and port number of the Web or application server the CSS file is accessible from Run the report 6 Enter the string in the Search input box and click Find The WebFOCUS Viewer searches the report and highlights the first occurrence of the string found in blue In the example below a report using the findcolor css Casc
227. k pane to the left of each measure and a graph button to the right of each measure All check panes are unchecked by default and all graph buttons are grayed inactive by default 2 Select a check pane associated with a measure The graph button to the right of the measure becomes active The default graph style is Vertical bar 3 Toggle through the seven graph style icons until you reach the one you want to apply to the selected measure 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for any other measures you want to graph For a list of graph types that can be defined see Combining Graph Styles and Measure Styles in OLAP Graphs on page 218 5 Click the Run button on the band below the Selections pane The graph opens in a separate frame above the report and Selections pane WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 219 Displaying Graphs and Reports Example 220 Graphing Multiple Measures From the Selections Pane This example contains two measures BALANCE and CANADA_DOLLARS sorted by Continent You would like to see graphical representations of both measures To contrast the graphical information you use a different graph type for each one 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP4 2 Right click the Region field and select Delete from the menu to limit the report to the fields you want to graph one dimension Continent and two measures BALANCE and CANADA DOLLARS 3 In the Selections pane above the report click the arrow to t
228. l as the band containing the OLAP Run and Reset buttons appear below the report output You can open the Control Panel by clicking the OLAP button on the Selection pane Hidden Panel Opens the OLAP report with the OLAP Selections pane hidden You can perform a variety of analytic tasks from the report itself Selection Criteria is shown next to the OLAP button Show Tabbed For OLAP reports that have multiple dimensions this option groups the dimension elements under a tab labeled with the dimension name Drill Down options These options enable you to sort instantly from high to low or low to high for selected report columns m m m None Disables automatic drill downs Dimensions Enables automatic drill downs on dimensions in both reports and graphs Dimensions and Measures Enables automatic drill downs on dimensions in both reports and graphs and also on measures in reports Note Explicit drill downs in a StyleSheet if they exist take precedence over OLAP enabled hyperlinks If you click a hyperlink associated with an explicit drill down the behavior will be defined by the StyleSheet rather than by the AutoDrill On or All settings WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 139 OLAP Reporting Requirements OLAP Terminology 140 The following table describes OLAP terms that may be useful as you work in the WebFOCUS OLAP tools Some of these terms are directly reflected in the interfaces of the OLAP Selecti
229. le All of the options that are normally available for an item are available from the Favorites list including Run Run Deferred and Schedule You can add an item to the Dashboard tab in the Favorites list from a Domain Tree Role Tree List block Folder block Tree block or Domains search result To add an item to your Favorites list from any of these areas right click the item and select Add to Favorites If you want to remove an item in your Favorites list select the check box next to the item and click Remove You can remove all items by clicking Select All and then clicking Remove If you want to copy an item to the Mobile tab from the Dashboard tab of the Favorites list select the check box next to the item and click Copy to Mobile You can refresh the list of report items by clicking Refresh To close the Favorites dialog box click Close WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Mobile Favorites In this section Accessing Mobile Favorites Customizing a Mobile Favorites Page Adding a Corporate Branding Mobile Favorites are reports graphs hyperlinks and any other item type except Reporting Objects that are added to the Mobile tab in the Favorites list in Dashboard Adding items to Mobile Favorites enables you to display the items on mobile devices Items can be added to Mobile Favorites from a Domain Tree Role Tree List block Folder block Tree block or Domains search result To add items to your Mobile Favorites list right cl
230. le Tree Tools Opens a menu where you can select l Watch List which opens the Watch List interface in a separate window 4 Library which opens the Report Library user interface in a separate window 4 ReportCaster which opens the ReportCaster user interface in a separate window WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 4 Recent Shows the most recently run reports See Viewing Recently Run Reports on page 89 4 Favorites Shows the reports you have added to your Favorites list See Creating a Favorites List on page 79 4 Views Provides hyperlinks to the Group views you have access to The last view displayed is My View which brings you to your personal view that you can update 4 Personalize Takes you to the Content window where you can personalize your Dashboard content See Creating Dashboard Content on page 93 You can also personalize Dashboard Options from this menu 4 Utilities Opens a menu where you can select 4 Deferred Status which opens the Deferred Report Status interface See Running Deferred Reports on page 68 Domain Search which opens the Domain Search window See Searching Domains on page 75 Stop Requests which allows you to cancel all active requests that you initiated from your Business Intelligence Dashboard browser session on all available Reporting Servers 4 Help Opens a menu where you can select 4 Contents and Index which opens the WebFOCUS BI Dashboard online help 4 About WebFOCUS BI Da
231. les 3 PRODCAT 3 Quantity 4 Line Cost Of Goods Sold PDA Devices Click 16 020 5 348 080 00 M Camcorders PDA Devices 3443 2 456 730 00 ME DVD 6 518 1 029 502 00 B Digital Tape Recorders 13 378 923 082 00 E CD Players 7 390 731 610 00 E Cameras 146 29 054 00 The report shows sales figures for the two digital models as shown in the following image B product Name 2 quantity Sl Line Cost Of Goods Sold ZI Digital PDA Commercial 13 591 4743 259 00 D ZC Digital PDA Standard 2 429 604 821 00 E ZT Digital PDA Commercial far outsells ZC Digital PDA Standard This information from the two top selling stores suggests that Century Corporation should evaluate and adjust available parts inventories for each model and consider shifting production schedules of plants to produce more Commercial units You have done all of your data manipulation from the report But because of the options you selected when OLAP enabling this report it is easy to expose the OLAP Selections pane where you can review the selections that are currently in effect and make additional selections if you like For details on OLAP set up options see OLAP Enabling a Report on page 137 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 135 OLAP Reporting Requirements 12 To expose the OLAP Selections pane right click Product Name and select Show Panel from the menu as shown in the following image Product Name Quantity Line Costs of Go
232. mensions from highest to lowest or lowest to highest A gt Z or Z gt A restricting sort field values to a specified number of either highest or lowest values and assigning a rank number to each row in the report For details see Sorting Data on page 159 Options for grouping numeric data by tile for example percentile decile or quartile For details see Grouping Numeric Data Into Tiles on page 184 Defining selection criteria based on omitted or existing characters dates and range specifications For details see Limiting Data on page 192 Saving OLAP output in PDF and Excel formats In Managed Reporting users can also save OLAP output in the My Reports folder For details see Saving and Displaying OLAP Reports and Graphs in Other Formats on page 246 Stacking multiple measures to limit the width of the report For details see Stacking Measures on page 227 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures You can drill down on dimensions in OLAP reports and graphs and also on measures in reports The settings activate the required hyperlinks m Dimensions enables automatic drill downs on dimensions in reports and graphs WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 147 Drilling Down On Dimensions and Measures Example 148 Dimensions and Measures enables automatic drill downs on dimensions in both reports and graphs and on measures in reports None disables automatic drill downs This is the default In De
233. naged Reporting and the end user Managed Reporting components and tools you use to run view create and edit reports Also explains how to access Managed Reporting using the Java applet or Dashboard interfaces Using Dashboard Describes Dashboard which automatically connects you to WebFOCUS and WebFOCUS Managed Reporting From Dashboard you can select a domain use the items reports graphs reporting objects or URLs in the Domain Tree and Role Tree view the status of a deferred report search domains access reporting tools InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant Graph Assistant schedule reports with ReportCaster access the Report Library personalize content blocks and much more Creating Dashboard Content Describes how to create content blocks which display when you open Dashboard Content blocks can contain launched reports links to reports or links to Internet resources WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 9 Documentation Conventions Using the Deferred Report Describes the functionality of the Deferred Report Status Interface Status Interface Provides specific procedures to guide you through viewing saving and deleting reports deleting deferred reports that are being processed but are not yet complete as well as reviewing parameters for reports containing amper variables Analyzing Data in an OLAP Presents the terminology and benefits of using Online Report Analytical Processing OLAP
234. name already exists a dialog box is displayed prompting you to allow file replacement WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 55 Creating Reports in Dashboard Reference 56 Upload Data File Considerations m The time required to complete the upload depends on the machine configuration for example type of processor amount of memory and speed The Upload utility supports files up to five megabytes It is recommended that for up to a five megabyte file you set the max Java memory heap size to two gigabytes on the application server If your input file contains empty lines such as a carriage return or a line feed character at the end of the file they will be preserved in the upload file If your input file contains any other empty lines they will not get included in the uploaded file When uploading data from a supported text file the file must have the same type of data in each field and the same number of fields in every row When uploading data from an Excel spreadsheet 4 The data must be arranged in an appropriate tabular format and the spreadsheet must have the same type of data in each column and the same number of fields in every row The data must be stored in the first worksheet of the workbook 4 Cells with formulas and special characters are not supported For example if percentages are used the cells should be formatted using the percentage data type and should not have the percentage special c
235. ndise Ty City Web Sales eMart AV VideoTown E PRODTYPE Delete Unhide Move To Across Show Panel Help a pai e je Im Wo Iho if Oo gt N lo f arg pa ih a ol Ta Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital Analog Digital el u jo j0 mw w w j rm jon gt gt 0 jo jw nm j 1 1 O Oo je in j N W j on Oo Ime Im fw Le ae mwN eo O oe e an Mo a arg m Line Costs of Goods Sold 8 850 654 08 11 368 866 22 36 160 817 88 55 513 860 29 2 934 173 67 3 576 721 79 3 354 737 82 7 615 056 30 8 401 966 46 22 653 221 65 359 785 82 556 750 75 46 482 367 45 55 576 175 93 5 635 670 15 12 710 259 47 Note The options available may vary depending on your OLAP format settings For more information see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 The report runs automatically The new report is sorted by quarter and store as shown in the following image QUARTER at Store Name AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise Ty City Web Sales eMart AV VideoTown Audio Expert City Video Consumer Merchandise TY City Web Sales eMart ae n j u fa e a io Ie io jx im lo k e jn En 4 D E a Go gt M jw o gt w je jh ho o co je jw j t e jo j gt W joo joo I co e in jon o O e j Kh 0o
236. ng Data Behind the scenes of any WebFOCUS OLAP report is a hierarchical data structure For example a typical hierarchy of sales regions might contain a GEOGRAPHY category including the fields in descending order Region State and City Region the highest level in this hierarchy would contain a list of all available regions within GEOGRAPHY State the second highest level in the hierarchy would contain a list of all available states within those regions and others In WebFOCUS the hierarchical structure is generally built into the Master File for a data source where it becomes active for any report that uses that data source Developers or administrators who are responsible for describing data in a Master File can use WebFOCUS language The keyword WITHIN defines the elements in each dimension in the hierarchy In addition those working in Developer Studio have access to a variety of graphical tools that make it easy to drag and drop fields into position to form a hierarchy The hierarchy may be global to all procedures or local to one procedure To define a Global hierarchy in a Master File for use with multiple procedures use the Dimension Builder Local hierarchy as a component of a particular procedure use the Dimension tool The hierarchy you define with this tool does not affect the source Master File For details about these related tools see the Describing Data With Graphical Tools manual OLAP Enabling a Report
237. ns are on the left and the search results are on the right s Domain Search WebFOCUS Business Intelligence Dashboard Microsoft Internet Explorer Select adomain Century Corporation 7 1 6 of 6 matches found P report Result Set sort preference By Title z Low to High Sort 7 Search option all Starts with TITLE VA TYPE Va C Exact match C Ends with DATE VA P iy Carp Report Friday October 11 2002 2 39 58 PM EDT Search preference C Return first item only HR Measures Return every item Items per page 20 Launch Form Sort 7 z Low to High Promptfor Web Page Friday October 11 2002 2 40 00 PM EDT preference By Title j Low to High ji Termination Date OLAP Look in Enabled M Standard M My Reports Reports abe Order M Reporting Analysis Objects T Shared Reports gt Web Page Friday October 11 2002 2 40 00 PM EDT Launch Tall Page 2 order E Report Friday October 11 2002 2 39 58 PM EDT POE Report Wednesday November 27 2002 3 28 05 PM EST Sig Local intranet Advanced Search How to Search a Domain Advanced searches allow you to specify additional search criteria You can specify the following in an advanced search in addition to all of the basic search options 4 Look for Restricts the search to a particular file type You may select more than one file type Select from m Report Searches only for reports m Web Address Searches only
238. ntity is blue and solid to indicate the current sort order of the measure This is now the controlling sort in the report All other values are reordered correspondingly BJQUARTER W StoreName PRODTYPE Quantity 4 Line Cost Of Goods Sold Q2 eMart Digital 115 102 24 971 512 00 Q2 Audio Expert Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 Qt eMart Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 at Audio Expert Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 at eMart Analog 97 128 21 152 262 00 at Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Q2 eMart Analog 74 737 16 789 403 00 Q4 eMart Digital 72126 14 000 951 00 a3 eMart Digital 66 156 13 867 709 00 Q2 Audio Expert Analog 57 944 14 868 758 00 Q4 Audio Expert Digital 53 275 14 190 923 00 Q3 Audio Expert Digital 50 076 44 210 406 00 at Ty City Digital 41 307 10 128 967 00 Q4 eMart Analog 39 515 9 383 389 00 a3 eMart Analog 36 306 8 308 647 00 Q2 Ty City Digital 29 627 6 732 303 00 Q2 AV VideoTown Digital 21377 5 928 507 00 Q4 Audio Expert Analog 25 897 5 916 936 00 Tip To invert the sort order click either the solid or hollow part of the diamond button How to Sort Measures High to Low Low to High From the Control Panel 1 2 Open the OLAP Control Panel Click a measure in the Measures pane to open the sort options pane do not click the Measures check pane which controls the display of a measure not its sorting Verify that the Sort panel is checked this setting is required to apply sorting specifications
239. ock There are also option buttons to enable Scroll Buttons or Scroll Bars and Save and Cancel buttons The following image shows the Edit Block window Edit Block Help Managed Reporting Uses DefaultDomain Domain Search Block Type Launch List Folder Output Tree Favorites Note You may only select one item for Launch Folder or Output blocks B Domains B Default Domain Content List G Standard Reports G Reporting Objects G My Reports G Shared Reports Remove Clear Block Name Favorites Block name will be the heading text of the block E Deactivate Block Hide Block Toolbar MS Office output options Enable Scroll Buttons Enable Scroll Bars Save Cancel Procedure How to Change the Content Block Type 1 From the Content window select the content page where the content block is located 2 Select the check box next to the block you want to edit 3 Click Edit Block The Edit Block window opens You can also access the Edit Block window directly from Dashboard by clicking the Edit Z icon for the content block you wish to edit 4 Select the desired Block Type option 104 WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content Click Save Note When you change the content block type all of the items in the block are removed and the block name clears Procedure How to Remove Items From a Block 1 2 3 From the Content window select the content page where
240. ock Dashboard administrators and authenticated users can place Report Library content in a content block using the View Builder or Personalize option You can add Report Library content to a launch list output or watch list block The latest available version of the report always appears in the content block A tree of Library reports is available for selection when creating content blocks The tree consists of the top level domain or category Below the domain or category is the report In the case of a bursted report an intermediate level also appears The Report Library has two sets of reports Dashboard can access both the domain for Managed Reporting users and the category for non Managed Reporting users Note 4 If you are adding Report Library content from the Manage Users or Group Views areas in the View Builder you also need to be a ReportCaster administrator 4 To view Report Library content you must have Report Library access Removing a Content Block Procedure 102 How to Remove a Content Block From the Content window you can remove a content block Note that you can remove more than one content block at a time How to Remove a Content Block 1 From the Content window select the content page where the content block is located 2 Select the check box next to each of the block s you want to remove 3 Click Remove An alert window appears to confirm the removal 4 Click OK WebFOCUS 3 Crea
241. ods Sold Delete i 12 821 5 320 406 64 ME Unhide 3 509 941 514 27 E Move To Across Show Panel Help T Note The options available may vary depending on your OLAP format settings For more information see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 The selection panel appears above the report as shown in the following image v Measures v Graph Manufacturing Plant State Store Name 7 E 7 E YEAR QUARTER MONTH Product Type All v Q2 v 06 v Digital v Product Category Product Name PDA Devices v ll v e oAP pm Run FP Reset FP Save _ Help J Line Product Cost Of E Name Quantity Goods Sold ZT Digital PDA Commercial 13 591 4 743 259 00 ZC Digital PDA Standard 2 429 604 821 00 Notice that STORENAME is eMart PRODTYPE is Digital and PRODCAT is PDA Devices OLAP Reporting Requirements In this section OLAP Enabling Data OLAP Enabling a Report OLAP Terminology OLAP reporting requires some preparation both of the data to be reported against and of the report itself In many instances this preparation is entirely transparent having been done before a user encounters an OLAP report However for developers who are charged with OLAP enabling data and reports and for users who wish and are authorized to OLAP enable their personal reports the following summary will be useful 136 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report OLAP Enabli
242. of the tree is populated This reduces the time needed to create the tree when a Domain is selected When reports from a folder are loaded into the Domain Tree only a maximum of 25 report items are loaded each time A link labeled View More is displayed in the tree to enable users to retrieve up to 25 additional items When you create a list launch or output block clicking a folder expands the tree one level at a time WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 35 Using Domain Tree Items Using Filters in Dashboard How to Use Filters You can apply filters to Standard Reports if filters have been set up for you by the Dashboard administrator Filters enable you to quickly select predefined criteria to limit the data that is included in the report or graph you are running Filter selections stay in effect only for the Dashboard session Once you log off Dashboard all Filter selections are cleared Procedure How to Use Filters 1 Click a Standard Report 2 From the menu select Filter If the Filter option is not available on the menu this means filters have not been set up for this report The Filter Selection window opens Note The Filter Selection window depends on how your administrator set up the filters The window shown in the following image includes three check boxes for Year 1998 1999 and 2000 three check boxes for Geographic Areas East Midwest and West and four check boxes for Quarters first th
243. old at Audio Expert in Q2 as shown in the following image 5 PRODCAT CD Players Camcorders Cameras DYD Digital Tape Recorders PDA Devices 16 328 12 841 EJ Quantity 3 Line Cost Of Goods Sold 1 616 472 00 9 159 550 00 60 695 00 2 669 901 00 2 028 324 00 12 529 308 00 3 Right click Quantity and choose Show Panel to open the Selection pane WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 4 Inthe Selections pane click the arrow to the left of the Graph control then click the check pane for Quantity and toggle through the graph options until you reach the pie icon as shown in the following image wv Measures Y Manufacturing piant Store Name faudio Expert ARTE MONTH Product Type I Quantity J Line Cost Of Goods Sold v v Digital v Product Category Product Name AE 7 e OLAP pm Run e Reset re Savel Help Line Cost Of Product Category Quantity Goods Sold CD Players 16 328 1 616 472 00 Camcorders 12 841 9 159 550 00 Cameras 305 60 695 00 DVD 2 669 901 00 Digital Tape Recorders 2 028 324 00 PDA Devices 12 529 308 00 5 Click the Run button on the band below the Selections pane WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 223 Displaying Graphs and Reports As shown in the following image the graph appears in a pane above the report You can see at a glance that PDA Devices constituted about 1 3 of digital sales at the Audio Expert
244. ollowing image gt WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 265 Using the Viewer Control Panel To display the first or last page of the report click First Page or Last Page as shown in the following image KA 4 To download the entire report to the browser as a single document click All Pages as shown in the following image El To close the WebFOCUS Viewer click Close as shown in the following image Searching a Report How to Search the Report Customize Search Results With a Cascading Style Sheet The Viewer Control Panel contains controls that offer several ways to search your report Using the Viewer search controls you can select a string of information such as a phrase that occurs in your report or a group of numbers and search for each occurrence of that string You can further customize your search by matching capitalization of words exactly a case sensitive search or by controlling the direction of your search either forward or backward from your starting point in the report Use these controls to search your report 4 To perform a case sensitive search click Match Case as shown in the following image ba To search backward in a report click Search Backward as shown in the following image 4 To locate a specific string type the string you want to search for and click Find as shown in the following image 266 WebFOCUS 7 Using the WebFOCUS Viewer Procedure How to Search
245. ollowing the selected measures column Tip To remove the bar graphs right click the measure column title and choose Remove Visualize from the menu WebFOCUS 6 Visualizing Trends in Reports Example Applying and Sorting Bar Graphs in a Report In the following OLAP report 1 Right click Line Cost of Goods Sold and choose Visualize to apply a data visualization bar graph to each value in the column as shown in the following image Store E QUARTER Name E PRODTYPE Quantity Line Costs of Goods Sold Q1 AV VideoTown Analog 35 255 Sort by Highest 9 954 08 Digital 42 423 Sort by Lowest 8 866 22 Audio Expert Analo 149 919 Graph 0 817 88 Digital 202 488 ae 3 860 29 City Video Analog 12 014 Full Screl 4 173 67 Digital 13 747 Help 6 721 79 Consumer Merchandise Analog 13 341 904 737 82 Digital 28 577 7 615 056 30 Note The options available may vary dending on your OLAP format settings For more information see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 The display changes instantly as shown in the following image Store QUARTER E Name E PRODTYPE Quantity Line Costs of Goods Sold Q2 Audio Expert Digital 212 919 59 768 889 15 MEM a1 eMart Digital 206 791 55 576 175 939 B a1 Audio Expert Digital 202 488 55 513 860 29 ME Q2 eMart Digital 219 954 53 509 16511 E enn eMart Analog 185 637 46 492 367 45 EE a1 Audio Expert Analog 149 918 36 160 817 88 EE Q2 eMart Analog 142 870 35 738 331 51 E Q4
246. om3 fex gs Properties CUSTOM3 Shared Custom Reports are named in the format of shared user name shared user folder shared procedure name WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 305 Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE The following image shows the Properties dialog box for a Shared Custom Report with a file name of admin admin custom2 fex Properties 306 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting The following image shows the Properties dialog box for the Standard Report graph fex i Properties Syntax How to Incorporate a Custom Report or My Report With INCLUDE INCLUDE filename where filename Is the name of a Custom Report or My Report For example salesreport fex WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 307 Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE Syntax Syntax Example 308 How to Incorporate a Shared Report With INCLUDE INCLUDE username userfolder filename where username userfolder filename Is the user name that has access to the report the folder where the report resides and the name of the report For example admin admin carsales fex How to Incorporate a Standard Report With INCLUDE INCLUDE domain app filename where domain Is the domain where the Standard Report resides This value is only required if the Standard Report resides in a different domain filenam
247. omains Expires In Options Thursday March 31 2005 Acme Manufacturing AllExpired 29 days Delete View Save Run 10 15 16 AM All Unknown Thursday March 31 2005 Accounting Salary by Division 29 days Delete View Save Parameters 10 14 31 AM Date Time Submitted Domains Description Status Options Monday September 27 2004 Domain 1 cartst Expired Submitted by Server 11 26 45 AM ID bigsem Current ID is Thursday September 23 Exk 0824 Expired Submitted by Server ID bigscem Current ID is 124 WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface For unknown tickets the status column shows 4 Expired if the report has expired and is no longer stored on the Server 4 Unknown for cases where the status cannot be determined including situations where the server is not running so a connection could not be made to determine the status Note For Unknown reports the Options column displays the Server ID that submitted the report along with the Current ID Procedure How to Delete Tickets for All Report Status Types 1 Open the Deferred Status Interface 2 Click the down arrow next to Delete and select one of the following from the drop down list that opens 4 All Completed Running Queued Expired Cu O O O Unknown You are prompted to confirm the deletion 3 Click OK to delete all tickets for the selected status type or click Cancel to cancel the request Deferred Status Delete Confirmation Messa
248. ons pane and the OLAP Control Panel Others provide useful background information The first column of the following table provides the term and the second column provides the definition om Toom OSS Dimension Group or list of related elements usually structured in a hierarchy For example a Location dimension could include the elements Country Region State and City arranged in a hierarchy where Country is the top level and City is the base level Dimensional data usually describes the measured item Hierarchy Logical parent child structure of elements within a dimension Measure Type of item that specifies the quantity of another element with which it is associated A measure typically defines how much or how many For example Units Revenue and Gross Margin are measures in the Account dimension and specify how many units were sold how much revenue was generated and at what profit margin respectively Manipulating or rotating the view of a report by moving a field or a group of fields from a column to a row or row to column WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Characteristics of an OLAP Report An OLAP enabled report has a number of features that distinguish it from other WebFOCUS reports A basic OLAP report is shown in the following image B quarter 2j Store Name B PRODTYPE l Quantity E Line Cost Of Goods Sold feu AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22 206 5 109 400 00
249. options see Advanced Search on page 77 7 Click Search to search your domains or Reset to reset all of the search options to the default values 78 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard As shown in the following image search results are returned in a list block on the right side of the window The list contains the item title item type the date and the path information You can sort the results using the arrows in the title bars You can add items from the search results window directly to your favorites list ZJ Domain Search WebFOCUS Business Intelligence Dashboard Microsoft Internet Explorer ol x Select a domain Century Corporation X 1 6 of 6 matches found Enter search query olap Result Set sort preference By Title Low to High Sort Search option 1 all C Starts with TITLE VA TYPE VAa DATE VA C Exact match C Ends with j amp WETS Report Wednesday November 27 2002 5 13 44 Pf Search preference car HEN p y C Return first item only HR Measures Return every item Items per page 20 Launch Form r Promptfor Web Page Friday October 11 2002 2 40 00 PM EDT Sort preference By Title Low to High Termination Date BEN Enabled M Standard Reports My Reports Report M Reporting Objects I Shared Reports M all Look in myfEfgoraph Report Tuesday January 28 2003 5 12 18 PM EST Order Look for Plan SER Report Friday October 11 2002 2 40 00 PM EDT M Report I Web Address Web Page
250. opy or move Perform one of the following 4 To copy a report select Copy Use when you want to create a copy Copy and Paste within Custom Reports always creates a new file with a new internal name because all the My Reports for a user are stored in a single directory Managed Reporting uses the internal name to access the report as well as in procedures to reference drill downs INCLUDE statements and style sheet attributes For more information on running reports with INCLUDE see Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE on page 304 To move a report select Cut Use when you want to move a report to a different folder within Custom Reports The internal file name does not change Right click a Custom Reports folder Select Paste When you copy or cut and paste a file within a user My Reports Custom Reports folder Dashboard evaluates the request based on the destination folder and whether or not the internal name and or the display name of the source file exists in the destination folder This is because all the reports a user creates are stored in a single directory in the MR Repository All folders are virtual directories that allow you to organize your reports Folder information is stored in the user metadata htm file located in the user directory within the MR Repository If you paste a file in the same My Reports Custom Reports folder Dashboard creates a new file with a new internal name Because it is within the s
251. or save The Shared Reports tab enables you to Run a Shared Report immediately by clicking Run and following the procedure in How to Run a Shared Report on page 283 lt J Runa Shared Report at a later time by clicking Run Deferred 4 Check the status of a Shared Report that has been run deferred by clicking Deferred Status to open the Deferred Status window and view information 4 Save the report to your My Reports tab by clicking Save As My Report and following the procedure in How to Copy a Shared Report on page 290 4 Ensure that you are viewing the most current list of Shared Reports and graphs by clicking Refresh to update the list View the file name date time and other information by clicking Properties Designating a Report as Shared How to Share a My Report Share a New Report Copy a Shared Report Edit a Shared Report When you share a report other users with access to the domain except users with the User role can run the report or copy it to their My Reports tab The My Reports that you contribute appear in the Shared Reports tab These reports also appear in your My Reports tab with a shared icon to denote that they have been made available to others You can share a report using one of the following methods WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 289 Sharing a Report Procedure Procedure Procedure 290 Designate a My Report as a Shared Report by clicking the Share Report che
252. orm the following steps a Expand the Filters group folders in the Filters Selection window b Select the filters you want to use and click Add For more information on building filtering criteria see Filtering Data on page 312 WebFOCUS displays the filter icon with a red check mark and adds the selection criteria to the Filter Criteria box lower box in the Filter Selection dialog box c Click OK to apply the filters to the report and return to the Standard Reports tab Notice that the filters you selected appear below the Standard Report 5 Click Run WebFOCUS displays the report 6 Close the browser to return to the Standard Reports tab Example Running a Standard Report Suppose you want to run a report computing salaries in the Sales Department 1 Open the Corporate Personnel Information domain as shown in the following image Managed Reporter beyon YaB FADO wako a E dalg Repository MS Corporate Personnel Infor Standard Reports My Reports Shared Reports Reporting Objects Sales o a Corporate Personnel Information L Recruitment C Sales Department iC Training Reports 2 Open the Sales Department group folder under the Standard Reports tab WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 281 Running a Report 282 3 Select Current Salary Report as shown in the following image Managed Reporter a eoNomuvYease o 2S Owls 4 ol ale X Corporate Personnel Infor Sale
253. ormation Builders Inc Two Penn Plaza New York NY 10121 2898 Fax 212 967 0460 E mail books_info ibi com Web form http www informationbuilders com bookstore derf htm Name Company Address Telephone Date Email Comments 212 736 4433 Information Builders Two Penn Plaza New York NY 10121 2898 DN4501010 0511 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Version 7 Release 7 03 Infarmation Builders WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Version 7 Release 7 03 Information Builders Two Penn Plaza New York NY 10121 2898 er Printed on recycled paper in the U S A
254. ort The report now breaks down sales for each product at each plant as a percentage of total sales as shown in the following image Percent E PLANT Product Category Quantity Line Cost Of Goods Sold Boston Camcorders 172 592 16 42 TOTAL Boston 172 592 16 42 St Louis Camcorders 135 629 12 55 TOTAL St Louis 135 629 12 55 Boston PDA Devices 118 550 11 56 TOTAL Boston 118 550 11 56 St Louis PDA Devices 84 158 8 24 TOTAL St Louis 84 158 8 24 Orlando Camcorders 69 611 6 49 TOTAL Orlando 69 611 6 49 Dallas Camcorders 64 712 5 88 Notice that the subtotals have been removed from the report because the breakdown by plant is no longer suitable for the data WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 191 Limiting Data Limiting Data Reference 192 An OLAP report is limited to values belonging to the parent categories in the dimensions hierarchy There are several ways to further limit the data that appears in the report From the Selections pane or the Control Panel you can explicitly limit the data in an OLAP report by selecting dimension values and relational operators Such as gt lt Fora list of the relational operators see Selection Criteria Relational Operators on page 192 The Selections pane provides the easiest approach since you can choose both dimension values and relational operators with a few mouse clicks while the report is fully exposed to view Changes made in the Selections
255. ort Painter see the Creating Reports With Report Painter manual OLAP Interface Options The Enable OLAP options in Developer Studio control how users can interact with an OLAP report and access OLAP tools WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report For Standard Reports delivered to Managed Reporting users these decisions are made by Managed Reporting content developers However users who are creating their own reports can OLAP enable them and control the OLAP interfaces and following drill down options m Disabled OLAP options are disabled and not shown in the OLAP report Off Turns off the OLAP Control Panel and the OLAP Selections pane but allows OLAP functionality from the report itself You can access options on right click menus drag and drop columns within the report and use up and down arrows to sort columns from high to low or low to high On Provides access to the OLAP Selections pane from a square button to the left of the column titles You can open the Control Panel by clicking the OLAP button in the OLAP report Top Panel Opens the OLAP Selections pane above the report The Measures Graph and Dimension controls as well as the band containing the OLAP Run and Reset buttons appear above the report output You can open the Control Panel by clicking the OLAP button on the Selection pane Bottom Panel Opens the OLAP Selections pane below the report The Measures Graph and Dimension controls as wel
256. orts Lists reports or graphs you created and saved Custom Reports are located in the Custom Reports folder under the My Reports tab Shared Reports Consists of folders named for the users who contributed Shared Reports Reporting Objects Lists simple views of your company data that you use to build reports Running a Report 280 From the Domain window you can run Standard Reports My Reports Custom Reports and Shared Reports You can run each type of report immediately or as a Deferred Receipt report To run a report immediately see How to Run a Standard Report on page 281 To run a report in deferred mode see Running a Deferred Receipt Report on page 283 You can view a Shared Report but you cannot edit it when you run it from the Shared Reports tab To edit a Shared Report you must first copy and save it to your My Reports tab which includes the Custom Reports folder where applicable For more information see How to Copy a Shared Report on page 290 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Procedure How to Runa Standard Report 1 Select a Domain from the left hand pane of the Domains Interface 2 Inthe Standard Reports tab select the Standard Report you want to run 3 Click Run on the toolbar If your Administrator has defined filters for the Standard Report WebFOCUS opens the Filters selection window 4 lf filters are available and you want to use them to limit data displayed in the report perf
257. ph appears for the value with the minimum magnitude the longest bar graph for the value with the maximum magnitude and bar graphs of varying length appear for each value within the minimum maximum magnitude range Notice in the figure that a value of 147 490 00 produces a longer horizontal bar graph than a value of 50 153 00 Therefore a complete row of vertical bar graphs or a complete column of horizontal bar graphs forms a bar chart You can only apply data visualization bar graphs to numeric report columns integer decimal floating point single precision floating point double precision and packed Bar graphs applied to alphanumeric date or text field formats are ignored You can display data visualization bar graphs in OLAP enabled HTML reports where bar graphs are applied to Measures Associating Bar Graphs With Measures In this section Data Visualization Bar Graph Attributes Applying Bar Graphs to Measures in an OLAP Report Applying Bar Graphs to Measures Using the Selections Pane or Control Panel You can associate data visualization bar graphs with any numeric measure that appears in the report output The type of bar graph that you can apply depends on the placement of the dimensions included in the report 4 If all report dimensions are vertical By sort fields listed in the Drill Down box in the OLAP Control Panel you can apply a horizontal bar graph to the specified measures 4 If any dimension is a horizontal
258. port Options tab and check the On demand Paging check box Click Run to view your report WebFOCUS displays your report within the Viewer To return to Report Assistant close the WebFOCUS Viewer and close the blank browser page Close Report Assistant WebFOCUS prompts you to save your report before exiting Creating an On Demand Paging Report You want to select On demand Paging for a report on the sale of coffee products called Coffee Sales 1 Navigate to the Domains view 2 Open the Regional Sales domain WebFOCUS 7 Using the WebFOCUS Viewer 3 From the Reporting Objects tab expand the Product Sales group folder and select Coffee Sales 4 Open Report Assistant Report Assistant displays the Fields dialog box with the fields already selected for the report 5 Select the Report Options tab The Report Options window opens 6 Check the On demand Paging check box to enable On demand Paging 7 Click Run to run Coffee Sales immediately WebFOCUS displays the first page of Coffee Sales in the Viewer as shown in the following image PAGE 1 Product Unit Order Order Ordered Code Price Product Number Date Units B141 58 00 Hazelnut 1 01 01 96 300 2 01 01 96 117 16 01 01 96 285 17 01 01 96 140 31 01 01 96 349 46 01 01 96 240 61 01 01 96 509 76 01 01 96 358 91 01 01 96 106 01 01 96 583 121 01 01 96 37 136 01 01 96 448 151 01 01 96 267 166 01 01 96 363 87 eaid adi 8 Click Close on the WebFOCU
259. port Status Interface including a detailed description of its appearance and functions Specific procedures guide you through viewing saving and deleting reports deleting deferred reports that are being processed but are not yet complete and reviewing parameters for reports containing amper variables WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual WebFOCUS Using the Deferred Report Status Interface Topics lt Introducing the Deferred Report Status Interface Deferred Report Status Interface Features 111 Introducing the Deferred Report Status Interface Introducing the Deferred Report Status Interface 112 The Deferred Report Status Interface enables you to obtain information about deferred reports From this Interface you can perform the following actions on a deferred report m C O O O O O O O Sort deferred report output by date description domain and server ID View deferred report output Delete a deferred report from the WebFOCUS Reporting Server Save the report output as a My Report Review or change parameters associated with a deferred report View the number of days remaining prior to expiration deletion on the server Terminate a deferred request that is in the deferred report queue Terminate a deferred report that is running Delete all expired unknown completed running and queued tickets You can access the Deferred Status Report Interface from m m Developer Studio b
260. port with other users If the other user does not have the Advanced privilege the user can run the report deferred but cannot save it A user that has been granted the Advanced privilege can run run deferred and save reports Saved reports can also be edited WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 291 Creating a Report or Graph Creating a Report or Graph 292 A Reporting Object is the basis for every report or graph you create Reporting Objects contain the fields that you select in a reporting tool to build your report or graph After you select fields for your report or graph you can manipulate and style the data to suit your needs The fields you select determine the data displayed in the output of your report or graph A Reporting Object may also contain a template created by your Administrator that defines the formatting styles for your report or graph Note Custom Reports are not created with Reporting Objects For more information see How to Create a Custom Report on page 294 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting When creating a report or graph 1 Choose the Reporting Object When you create a new report or graph you must choose a data source to build your report Data in Managed Reporting is stored in Reporting Objects and organized within group folders or subgroup folders The Reporting Object group folders and the Reporting Objects they contain are designed by a developer or your Adminis
261. portCaster documentation 1 Add a Shared Report to your Favorites list by right clicking the report and selecting Add to Favorites 48 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Procedure Procedure Add a Shared Report to your Mobile Favorites list by right clicking the report and selecting Add to Mobile Favorites Ensure that you are viewing the most current list of Shared Reports by clicking the Refresh Contents icon located in the top right corner of the Domain Tree panel Check the status of a Shared Report that has been run deferred by clicking Utilities in the Dashboard banner and selecting Deferred Status in the menu to open the Deferred Report Status Interface window How to Share a My Report To make an existing My Report available to other users 1 3 In the Domain Tree expand the My Reports folder then expand the Reporting Object or Custom Reports subfolder where the desired My Report is located Right click the report that you want to share and select Properties The Properties dialog box opens Select the Share Report check box and click OK The Properties dialog box closes and the report becomes available to all users who access the domain How to Share a New Report To make a new report or graph that you are creating available to every user who accesses the domain 1 3 Create and save a report or graph using the InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant tool You can cre
262. porting Only one folder can be added to a folder block When the contents of a Managed Reporting folder are modified outside of Dashboard the folder block in Dashboard automatically updates to reflect any changes You can add folders from the Standard Reports My Reports and Shared Reports folders 4 Output blocks May or may not contain default content Reports graphs or Web pages can be displayed in output blocks When a report is run or an Internet resource is accessed the report output or Web page appears in the output block This is useful because a new browser window does not open each time a report or graph is executed or a Web page is launched from a Domain Tree Role Tree List or Folder block Instead the output block refreshes with the new content When you create an output block scrolling options are not available Scroll bars appear when necessary 4 Tree blocks Provides a way to add a Domain Tree to a Public View or Group View page The Domain Tree is displayed without the sidebar frame Favorites blocks Lists the reports graphs hyperlinks and any other item type except reporting objects that you want to quickly and easily access 4 Watch list blocks Adds the Report Library Watch List interface to a page The watch list block type is available only when the Library tab is selected from the Add Block page Note Some Web sites bring their page to the top of a frameset when launched and take over the browser ses
263. ppears as specified within the body of the report Click Add to display the date in the Selections list pane Click OK to return to the Selection Criteria pane and verify the selected date In the Selection Criteria pane click a relations button to the left of the date field for example gt or lt to indicate a basis for record selection Optionally define additional date selection criteria by repeating steps 2 7 Click Run to execute your report Example Applying Selection Criteria to a Date Field The following is an example of applying selection criteria to a date file 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP9Y 202 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in the following images the multi page OLAP report shows several years of data about reported problems falling into five categories incorrect labeling missing components physical damage power failure remote failure Date Problem Problem Problem Problem Reported Number Occurrence E Category m Incorrect Labeling 1998 04 05 1998 04 19 1998 05 03 1998 05 31 1998 06 07 1998 06 21 1998 07 05 1998 07 26 aang WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 203 Limiting Data You want to investigate problems reported on June 6 2001 You can limit data based on a single date from the Control Panel Date Problem Problem Problem Problem Category Reported Number Occurrence Mechanical Failure 2000 09 15 2000 0
264. put Low to High Limit 5 r High to Low Hide O Rank 1 2 3 You could sort data by highest or lowest You can also rank data by highest You can limit the number of records to display per report You can also hide a sort field and unhide it Py Ok Ph Cancel gt Run j F Save j b gt Help PSelection Criteria 5 Click OK The main Control Panel window reopens 6 Repeat the process for Region select Region in the Drill Across pane and click the Sort button When the sort pane opens select the High to Low options button and click OK The main Control Panel window opens 7 Click the Run button 168 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report i Both dimensions are now sorted in inverse alphabetical order Z to A as shown in the following image B Region WESTERN EUROPE Procedure How to Restrict the Display of Sort Values B Continent S Balance S CANADA_DOLLAR S Balance S CANADA_DOLLAR amp Balance EUROPE 210 550 374 294 770 524 ASIA AMERICAS 122 725 933 367 610 683 S CANAD To restrict the display of sort field values to a certain number of highest or lowest values 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 Select a field from the Drill Down pane 3 Click the Sort EH button The sorting pane opens WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 169 Sorting Data 4 Under Sort Order choose the Low to High or High to Low options button as shown in
265. put box WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting 6 Click Submit to have WebFOCUS change your password and return you to the previous screen Using Domains in Java based Managed Reporting In this section Using the Toolbar When Managed Reporting opens WebFOCUS displays a list of domains available to you in a tree within the left frame of the dual paned Domains Interface Before you can produce a report or graph in Managed Reporting you must choose a domain from the Domains Interface For more information on domains see ntroducing WebFOCUS Managed Reporting on page 15 The right pane of the Domains Interface remains empty until you select a domain When you select a domain the contents of the domain appear in four tabs on the right Standard Reports My Reports includes Custom Reports Shared Reports and Reporting Objects As you navigate within a domain the domain tree view remains constant Domains are developed by an Administrator to provide logical groupings for data and to protect access to confidential information Your Administrator also creates group folders or subgroup folders as subdirectories to further divide information The following image shows a Managed Reporter window that has two sections Managed Reporter toolbar and the Domain Interface o ee Reporter be u or O2PO ne aK Ol alg j ae Repository Corporate Personnel Infor Standard Reports My Reports Shared Reports Reporting O
266. rd Content sss211 22 99 Creating Dashboard Content OVErVieW ccccccececeecececeececeececeeuesececuecececueseeeeuesesseeesesenaes 94 Content WANAOW so sicinccese Be dee beck lsd node ch ia a a ia eaa aa Aaaa a a ian Eat 94 Creating Content Pages vvccvsonceiescvecen sed anena ian aa Ea pda ER araa p Eie TEE 96 Publishing Reports to Content Pages in DaShboard ccccccsccececeececeececeeececeeeeeees 97 Adding a Content BIOCK cccccccccecececeecececuecececuececeecececueseseceeseseceeseeesueseeeseeseseeansesaesess 98 4 WebFOCUS Contents Adding Report Library Content to a Content BIOCK ccccccecceceeeeceeeececeeeeseseeeeees 102 Removing a Content BIOCK cccccccccceceecececeeceeeeaeseeacaeseeeeaeseeeeeesueeceseeseeeeseaeeetes 102 Editing a Content BlOCKswssiccocccecus ioees shes cvieweees oarSewsees cc eiearcacdienetos dcvseeelugevoveeyevescduevecael 103 Selecting Scrolling Options cccccccecceceeeeeeceecececeececeeueceeeeuececseuececseseseseesesesenses 106 Hiding the Toolbar in a Content BIOCK cccceccececeeceeeceecececeeceeceeceeueseseeeeseseeeesees 107 Selecting Content LAyOUut cccecceccceccececeeeeceesececeeeeaeceesececueceseseesesacueseseteeseseesesesenses 109 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface csscscssesseseeseseeeeeeeseeeeseeees 111 Introducing the Deferred Report Status INterface
267. re appears or is WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual hidden 1 Open the OLAP Control Panel 2 In the Measures pane click the measure for which you want to remove sorting specifications Clear the Sort check pane Click OK 165 Sorting Data Sorting Dimensions There are several ways in which you can sort dimensions in an OLAP hierarchy You can l Control the order in which data is sorted ascending or descending 4 Restrict sort field values to a specified number of either highest or lowest values 4 Assign a rank number to each row in a vertically sorted report m Shift the positions of sort fields in the report For example you can change from sorting by State and then by Product to sorting by Product and then by State m Pivot a vertical By sort field to make it a horizontal Across sort field and vice versa 4 Hide a sort field in the report while retaining the sorting associated with it For example you can sort data by quarters without showing the Quarter column 4 Group numeric data in tiles for example percentile decile and so on Procedure How to Change Sort Order for a Dimension 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Select a field from the Drill Down or Drill Across pane 3 Click the Sort button The sort pane opens 166 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 4 Under Sort Order choose the Low to High or High to Low options button Low to High is the defa
268. reating Content Pages on page 96 Content Window How to Access the Content Window Exit the Content Window From the Content window you can create the content blocks that appear when Dashboard opens You can also 4 Create content pages that contain content blocks or the ReportCaster Report Library or Deferred Status user interfaces 4 Add remove and edit content blocks Select the content layout When you open the Content window a list of the current content blocks appears When you place your cursor over a content item the full path of the procedure appears including the domain name and folder name If you are opening the Content window for the first time the content list displays the content blocks and pages your administrator has set up for you You can edit or remove these 94 WebFOCUS 3 Creating Dashboard Content The following image shows a sample Content window with three distinct panes The first two sections provide a description text box and buttons to add and create content pages and the third section contains buttons for adding editing or removing content blocks Content Help Add Page Add Library Page Add Schedules Page Add Deferred Status Page Save Done Reports Library Schedules Defemwed Status I l I Move Right Remove Page Page Layout Page Description Reports Update This is a list of your blocks Block Name Content Block Type E Information Builders Car Report Launch
269. ria 146 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report The main window of the Control Panel contains the following components m Dimensions pane reflects the hierarchical structure of the data source being used by the current report For example the Location dimension contains the Region State and City fields The Region is made up of several States and each State contains several Cities You click the arrow to the left of a dimension name to view the elements that comprise it The fields shown here are also listed in the Selections pane Drill Down and Drill Across panes list the fields being used to sort the report You can pivot a Drill Down field to a Drill Across field or a Drill Down Across field to a Drill down field and shift their positions in the report You can also accomplish these tasks by dragging fields within the report Measures Properties pane contains the body of your report usually numeric fields You can change the display mode of a measure by clicking the check pane next to the measure the options are display hide and show a column of associated bar graphs This is equivalent to the options available from the Measures control in the Selections pane Although the most frequently used functions are available directly from an OLAP report and or from the Selections pane several can only be performed from the Control Panel Unique Control Panel operations include m Sorting options for di
270. right side of the window Search option Select from the following 4 All searches for the text string anywhere within the titles 4 Exact match searches for a title that exactly matches the string entered 4 Starts with searches for a title that starts with the search string 4 Ends with searches for a title that ends with the search string Search preference Select from the following 4 Return first item only Returns only the first matching value Return every item Returns all matching values items per page Allows you to restrict the number of returns displayed on one browser page The default number of hits is 20 Sort preference Sort results by title type or date the item was last updated You can also sort in ascending low to high or descending high to low order Look in Specify the type of folder you want to search in This option is not available when accessing a public view of Dashboard Select from 4 Standard Reports Searches for the value only in the Standard Reports folder Reporting Objects Searches for the value only in the Reporting Objects folder My Reports Searches for the value only in the My Reports folder belonging to the user performing the search Shared Reports Searches for the value only in the Shared Reports folder WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 4 All Does not restrict the type of domain folder to search The following image shows a sample search window The search optio
271. rmat Limitations Note the following limitations when applying selection criteria to date elements The Date selection pane does not support Julian dates However if you are using Julian dates the Date controls still open 4 Dates containing only a day format D 12D A2D are not supported from the Date selection pane Instead the data source provides a list of values The Range check panel is enabled on the Date selection pane when the date format contains one of the following formats Any smart date format For example YMD MDY YYMD MDYY Q M AAYY l4YY I8YYMD A8YYMD IGYYM Cu O O O O O AGYYM Visualizing Trends How to Add a Column of Bar Graphs for a Numeric Measure To make your reports more powerful you can insert visual representations of selected data directly into the report output These visual representations which appear as a column of vertical or horizontal bar graphs adjacent to the numeric data make relationships and trends among data more obvious You can apply data visualization graphs to selected measures from Context menus in the report itself This is the quickest way to apply data visualization bar graphs to numeric measures WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 215 Displaying Graphs and Reports Procedure The Measures control in the Selections pane Check panes in the Measures pane on the Control Panel For details about data visualization graphs see Visualizin
272. rough fourth Wj Filter Selection Microsoft Internet Explorer ye m E4 Year I 1998 C 1999 2000 Geographic Areas l East M Midwest M West Quarters I 1st Quarter I 2nd Quarter I 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 36 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard 3 Select the filtering options you want to use and click Save Your selections are saved and the Filter Selection window closes 4 Click the report and select Run or Run Deferred to execute the report Signing on to a Server When running a report request or using InfoAssist Power Painter if applicable Report Assistant or Graph Assistant in Dashboard you may be prompted for credentials to connect to the WebFOCUS server depending on how Dashboard has been configured If you have questions contact your administrator Once you enter these credentials the system remembers them for the duration of your browser session or the duration set by your WebFOCUS administrator These credentials are not stored on your computer and are not encrypted in the WebFOCUS cookie Your browser must be configured to accept cookies in this case Creating Reports in Dashboard In this section Working With Shared Reports Uploading Data Files Amper Auto Prompting Saving Parameter Selections How to Create or Delete a My Report in Dashboard Copy a Shared Report and Save it as a My Report Create a Custom Report in Dashboard Copy or Move a Custom Report in Dashboard Cre
273. rred Report Status Interface to return to your reporting environment Saving Deferred Reports How to Save a Deferred Report You can save Deferred Receipt reports to the Managed Reporting Repository if your administrator has authorized you to save reports The report output is saved to your directory in the Managed Reporting Repository by domain if the domain is not restricted If the domain is restricted you can save the report output to any other domain that you are authorize to save to and that is not restricted When your deferred report is saved to the Managed Reporting Repository it is removed from the Deferred Report Status Interface When you save a deferred report a new group folder Deferred Reports Output is created under the My Reports tab within the Domain of origin as shown in the following image There is one group folder Deferred Reports Output for each domain WebFOCUS lists your saved deferred reports including Custom Reports under the Deferred Reports Output group folder and adds Output of as well as the date and time the My Report or Custom Report was saved to the report name Domains Logoff Help Managed Reporter bE na YHA SFS aOR syg Bag Repository Ml Corporate Sales Standard Reports MyReports Shared Reports Reporting Objects i Sales Be E i gt Deferred Reports Output Output of adhoc Wed Nov 27 11 49 37 EST 2002 Procedure How to Save a Deferred Report 122
274. rt button Click the Tiles tab P WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Webpage Dialog Px Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Location P Time Period E YEAR Values E QUARTER Values E MONTH Values LP Product Dimension zi QUARTER Sort Tiles Sub Total Tile the Report a tiles Tiles You can group numeric data into any number of tiles percentiles deciles quartiles etc in tabular reports For example you can group students test scores into deciles to determine which students are in the top ten ta 4 gt Ok p Cancel j gt Run J gt Save Help j PSelection Criteria J Click the Tile the Report check pane In the In Groups Of input area select the number of tiles to be used in grouping the data For example 100 tiles produces percentiles or 10 tiles produces deciles 6 In the Name of Tile Group input pane type a name for the Tile column 186 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 7 In the Restrict Report to only the Top input area select the number of tile groups to display in the report Optionally select a Sort Order option button Choose High to Low to sort data in descending order so that the highest data values are placed in tile 1 4 Choose Low to High to sort data in ascending order so that the lowest data values are placed in tile 1 This is the default If you wish to specify the highest tile value to appear in the report select a value from the Limit input
275. rt output at atime decreasing the amount of time you wait for your report to process The bulk of your report remains on the Web server until you request it or close the Viewer The WebFOCUS Viewer improves your ability to handle long reports by allowing you to view a single page of report output You can use the Viewer to 4 View single pages of long reports 4 Search for specific pages in a report 4 Search for specific strings of information W Deliver a full report to your Web server WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 263 Navigating a Report With the WebFOCUS Viewer Navigating a Report With the WebFOCUS Viewer When you run a report designated for On Demand Paging the WebFOCUS Viewer opens automatically and displays the first page of the report The Viewer consists of two panes the Report Pane and the Viewer Control Panel as shown in the following image PAGE 1 Ordered Units Product Unit Order Order Code Price Product Number Date 1 01 01 96 2 01 01 96 16 01 01 96 285 17 01 01 96 140 31 01 01 96 349 46 01 01 96 240 61 01 01 96 509 76 01 01 96 358 91 01 01 96 179 106 01 01 96 583 121 01 01 96 37 136 01 01 96 448 151 01 01 96 267 166 01 01 96 363 i ee 87 Sle id gt Teel AA The Report Pane is the larger pane and contains one page of report output When you first run a report the Report Pane contains the first page of report output The Viewer Control
276. s 4 Click Run Standard Reports My Reports Shared Reports Reporting Objects i Corporate Personnel Information Recruitment ae Sales Department You may be prompted to supply a WebFOCUS Reporting Server ID For more information see Signing on to a Server on page 37 EMP ID LAST NAME FIRST NAME CURR SAL 071382660 STEVENS 112847612 SMITH 117593129 JONES 119265415 SMITH 119329144 BANNING 123764317 IRVING 126724188 ROMANS 219984371 MCCOY 326179357 BLACKWOOD 451123478 MCKNIGHT 543729165 GREENSPAN 818692173 CROSS 5 Close Current Salary ALFRED MARY DIANE RICHARD JOHN JOAN ANTHONY JOHN ROSEMARIE ROGER MARY BARBARA 11 000 00 13 200 00 18 480 00 9 500 00 29 700 00 26 862 00 21 120 00 18 480 00 21 780 00 16 100 00 9 000 00 27 062 00 You return to the Standard Reports tab CURR JOBCODE EFFECT DATE 407 Bl4 B03 40l Al 415 B04 B02 B04 B02 407 Al 82 11 01 3 01 01 83 0301 82 12 01 4 09 01 3 05 01 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Procedure How to Runa My Report or Custom Report 1 Click the My Reports tab in the Domain window My Reports are listed under the Reporting Object folder from which they were created Custom Reports are listed in the Custom Reports folder in the My Reports tab Select the report or graph name Click Run WebFOCUS displays saved reports Procedure How to Runa Shared Report 1
277. s Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties For details about creating Custom Reports see Creating Reports in Dashboard on page 37 Shared Reports identified by the Report icon can include Run Run Deferred Save as My Report Schedule Library Version Add to Favorites Add to Mobile Favorites and Properties For details about Shared Reports see Working With Shared Reports on page 47 Reporting Objects located in the Reporting Objects folder and identified by the Report icon include InfoAssist Power Painter if applicable Report Assistant Graph Assistant and Properties Any reports created from a Reporting Object are saved within the My Reports folder in a subfolder named for the group folder where the Reporting Object is located For details about creating a report see Creating Reports in Dashboard on page 37 Reporting Objects are the basis for creating My Reports and contain the data source fields that you can select in a reporting tool to build a report or graph Reporting Objects are designed by a developer or administrator and are organized within group folders You can open a Reporting Object with any of the available reporting tools which include InfoAssist Power Painter if applicable Report Assistant and Graph Assistant If InfoAssist was used to create the Reporting Object then the only reporting tool available when you right click that Reporting Object will be InfoAssist Using the desired tool you can select fields
278. s automatically have the Advanced privilege and they can assign this privilege to other users and roles Shared Reports A Shared Report is a My Report or Custom Report that another user has prepared and saved with the Shared Report capability You can run a Shared Report from the Shared Reports tab You can also copy it to your My Reports tab and then modify it without affecting the original report Note Although you can share a Custom Report with other users if the user does not have the Advanced privilege they can only run and run deferred the shared report They cannot save the report If a user has the Advanced privilege then they can run run deferred save and edit the saved copy of the report Static Reports A Static Report is a type of Standard Report in which the output never changes Unlike a regular Standard Report which always reflects current data a Static Report delivers a snapshot of data from a specific time For example a Static Report can be a Web page that contains a report Help System Each domain can also contain a customized help system that you can access for specific information about your implementation of Managed Reporting Managed Reporting Features In this section Lowercase Directory Names and File Names in WebFOCUS From UNIX Managed Reporting offers you a selection of reporting tools that you use to create and edit reports manipulate data in an existing report submit a report for background process
279. s in the right frame Under My Reports select the Custom Reports folder Enter the following to create a new Custom Report using the Editor TABLE FILE CAR PRINT SALES BY MODEL END MRNOEDIT INCLUDE filename where filename Is the name of a procedure located on the WebFOCUS Reporting Server Run the request WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 309 Execution of a Custom Report Using INCLUDE The output of the request displays two tabular reports one from the Custom Report and one from the server procedure 8 Save the new report and exit the Editor 9 Right click the file and select Run 310 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting The output of the request displays the same two tabular reports which are shown in the following image PAGE 1 MODEL SALES 100 LS 2 DOOR AUTO 7800 2000 4 DOOR BERLINA 4800 2000 GT VELOCE 12400 2000 SPIDER VELOCE 13000 2002 2 DOOR 8950 2002 2 DOOR AUTO 8900 3 0 SI4 DOOR 14000 3 0 SI4 DOOR AUTO 18940 504 4 DOOR 0 5301 4 DOOR 14000 5301 4 DOOR AUTO 15600 B210 2 DOOR AUTO 43000 COROLLA 4 DOOR DIX AUTO 35030 DORA 2 DOOR 0 INTERCEPTOR II 0 TR7 0 V12XKE AUTO 0 XJ12L AUTO 12000 PAGE 1 COUNTRY CAR ENGLAND TRIUMPH FRANCE PEUGEOT ITALY MASERATI JAPAN TOYOTA W GERMANY BMW For more information on MRNOEDIT see
280. scteusenscsavcunussansenusunssususuuunenvcususduens 9 Documentation CONnVentiONns cccce cece e ee eee eee ee ee eae reece neces een eae ata e eee 10 Related PUBLICATIONS sisina bccas antceesyantees Sahu a a ea en a aE ASAA a AEE 11 CUSLOMEr SUPDOM s sidien aar a a a oi Aaa D a a aS Ee EE Aaaa e Eaa aO Ea EEE e EaR aerei si 11 Information You Should HaVe ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseeseeeseeeseeseeeseeseeeseeseeeseeneeeneenees 12 Ws r Feedpack tis rnea a EE 13 Information Builders Consulting and TraiNing ccccccceecseceeceeceececceceeceeceeceseeceeseseeseesees 13 1 Introducing WebFOCUS Managed Reporting scssssseseseeseeeeseneeseeeeeseenesees 15 WebFOCUS and Managed Reporting OVErVview ccccececceeceeceeceececeeceeeeceecuecececseeeeseesenaes 16 Managed Reporting CONCEDtS ccccececeeeceeceeeceesececeececeeesecseeesesueseseseeseseseesessseesesenees 16 Managed Reporting FeatureS 5 c c00ccccceesceceee sce caieseeceeeseeectceeeectbeneeceeesecesensecceensecoueesonons 17 Lowercase Directory Names and File Names in WebFOCUS From UNIX cceceeeeees 18 Managed Reporting INterface cccccccecccceceeceeeceecececeeseceececeeeececeeueseceeueseseeueseeeseesesenaes 18 Business Intelligence DaShbOard ccccccecceceececeeeececececeeeeeceeeeaeceeaeaeseeseseseeeseees 18 Java ADDICTS sisicicdesdieatincva ve cwcnuweteaven Sovckdete pod sadchduvudetudabtdvows e a a iiaiai 19
281. section Exporting Reports to PowerPoint From Dashboard Exporting Static Graphs to PowerPoint From Dashboard Exporting Live Graphs to PowerPoint From Dashboard Adjusting Browser Security to Use the PowerPoint ActiveX Control PowerPoint integration with WebFOCUS provides users with a method of exporting Dashboard reports and graphs into the PowerPoint application PowerPoint options appear as an icon in a Launch block and present users with choices for exporting reports and graphs into new and existing PowerPoint presentations When exporting to PowerPoint reports retain their styling and graphs can be output as a static image or a live graph which is an MSChart object WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard From the Add Block or Edit Block page a developer can add the MS Office output options only to a Launch block The MS Office output options check box which represents the PowerPoint options is grayed out unavailable for other block types and when the Launch block contains Report Library content The PowerPoint options are available for any Launch block created for a Public View Group View or a user My View The Dashboard page where you can add the MS Office output options is shown in the following image Block Type Launch List Folder Output Tree Favorites Note You may only select one item for Launch Folder or Output blocks Content List Remove Clear Block Name Block name will be the heading text o
282. selection criteria See How to Apply Selection Criteria From the Selections Pane on page 194 From the Selections Criteria pane in the Control Panel 1 Select the criterion you want to remove WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 2 Click the Delete xi button The selection category is removed from the list 3 Click Run to execute your report with all values Applying Selection Criteria to Date Elements How to Apply Selection Criteria to a Date Field Apply Selection Criteria to a Date Range Add Dates to the Selections List pane Delete Dates From the Selections List pane Reference Date Format Limitations You can apply selection criteria to date elements just as you apply them to other types of elements The results are limited by the date s you select For example you can select to view data associated with a particular date or to exclude data from the specified date Note Like other dimension elements date fields must have been defined in the Master File by a Managed Reporting developer The Master File specifies the date formats available for selection criteria In the Control Panel you can choose the selection criteria from a Date selection pane that contains the appropriate controls for the date format You can also select a range of dates in a designated year by specifying a From and To date Two relational operators are available for selecting a range of dates 4 The Within range Lal operator
283. set the background color to Blue set the text to bold and set the text color to White 3 Save the file as a Cascading Style Sheet css Note Type css as the file extension For example findcolor css The location in which to save the CSS file depends on the WebFOCUS environment you are working in Note CSS files are accessed from a Web accessible location For WebFOCUS and Developer Studio installations the ibi_html alias is a location in which Web accessible content can be stored 1 If you are working in Developer Studio local project environment save the CSS file in the ibi DevStudioxx ibi_htm directory where xx is the Developer Studio release number You may specify the URL to the CSS file within the Report Painter reporting tool In the Style tab of the Report Options dialog box for HTML format select Style File Selection and enter the URL value in the External Cascading Stylesheet URL input field For example ibi_html findcolor css 2 If you are using Developer Studio connected to a remote WebFOCUS environment or not using Developer Studio but coding a self service FEX then save the CSS file in the ibi WebFOCUSxx ibi_htm directory where xx is the WebFOCUS release number 3 If you are working in Managed Reporting the CSS file can be imported into the Managed Reporting domain Once imported it will be located in the Other Files folder The reporting tools provide an option to select a Cascading Style Sheet file w
284. shboard which provides release information Language Enables the user to display Dashboard in one of the available languages This hyperlink only appears in Public Views that are configured to run in more than one language Note Depending on how your view of Dashboard has been set up you may not have access to all of the banner hyperlinks Searching Domains In this section Basic Search Advanced Search The domain search allows you to perform specific searches of the domains available to you You can perform basic and advanced searches and combine the available search options WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 75 Searching Domains You can add items from a domain search to your favorites list directly from the search results window You can also use domain search when creating content blocks to quickly find items Access the domain search by selecting the Utilities hyperlink in the banner and then Domain Search from the menu Basic Search 76 Basic searches allow you to search for items within a domain Search options include m Select a domain Select the domain you want to search To search across all available domains select the All Domains item Enter search query Enter a text string for which you want to search The search looks for matching values within the title of the domain If you leave this value blank all available items from the selected domain are returned to the output panel on the
285. sion When these sites are opened in a launch or output block Dashboard content is lost It is recommended that these types of Web sites not be selected for a launch or output block When you add items to a content block you can use the Domain Search from the Add Block and Edit Block windows For details see How to Add Items to a Content Block Using Domain Search on page 101 Across the top of the Add Block window is a drop down menu for selecting a domain a Domain Search button and block type option buttons to select either a Launch List Folder Output Tree or Favorites block At the left side of the window is a tree view of the selected domain The right side of the window contains the Content List showing selected items with up and down arrows to the right and Remove and Clear buttons at the bottom Below the Content List is a text box for entering the Block Name and a series of check boxes that are available to enable the following functionality 4 Deactivate Block 4 Lock Block available to administrators only Hide Block Toolbar WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 99 Adding a Content Block Procedure 100 4 MS Office output options 4 Automatic Block Refresh available to administrators only There are also option buttons to enable Scroll Buttons or Scroll Bars and Save and Cancel buttons The following image shows the Add Block window Add Block Help Managed Reporting Ca DefaultDom
286. sponse Online is accessible through our World Wide Web site http www informationbuilders com It connects you to the tracking system and known problem database at the Information Builders support center Registered users can open update and view the status of cases in the tracking system and read descriptions of reported software issues New users can register immediately for this service The technical support section of www informationbuilders com also provides usage techniques diagnostic tips and answers to frequently asked questions Call the Information Builders Customer Support Service CSS at 800 736 6130 or 212 736 6130 Customer Support Consultants are available Monday through Friday between 8 00 a m and 8 00 p m EST to address all your questions Information Builders consultants can also give you general guidance regarding product capabilities and documentation Please be ready to provide your six digit site code number xxxx xx when you call To learn about the full range of available support services ask your Information Builders representative about InfoResponse Online or call 800 969 INFO Information You Should Have To help our consultants answer your questions effectively be prepared to provide the following information when you call lt Your six digit site code xxxx xx 4 Your WebFOCUS configuration 4 The front end you are using including vendor and release The communications protocol for example
287. t Salary Report as shown in the following image information 7 WebFOCUS amavon Refresh 5 Sort By Date gt i Delete Help Refresh every seconds min 5 seconds Enable Refresh 7 Date Time Submitted Domains Description Expires In Options Tuesday November 20 2001 Sales Current Salary 29 days Delete View Save Parameters 2 55 20 PM Report 3 Under the Options column heading click Parameters An intermediate window HTML form opens 4 In the input box enter the value A17 and click Submit The Deferred Report Notification window opens confirming receipt of your request 5 Close the Deferred Report Notification window to return to the Deferred Report Status Interface To view Current Salary Report 1 Under the Completed tab locate Current Salary Report again 2 Click View WebFOCUS displays Current Salary Report in a separate browser window as shown in the following image PAGE 1 EMP_ID LAST_NAME FIRST NAME CURR_SAL EFFECT_DATE JOBCODE 119329144 BANNING JOHN 100 000 00 83 01 01 A1 818692173 CROSS BARBARA 222 284 00 83 05 01 A1 3 Close the window to return to the Deferred Report Status Interface 4 Under the Options column click Save WebFOCUS saves Current Salary Report to the Managed Reporting Repository as a My Report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 121 Deferred Report Status Interface Features 5 Close the Defe
288. t bid viewname_gbv WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 23 Opening Dashboard where hostname port Is the host name and optional port number specified only if you are not using the default port number where the WebFOCUS Web application is deployed wf_context_root Is the site customized context root for the WebFOCUS Web application deployed on your Application Server The default value is ibi_apps viewname Is the name of the view given to you by your administrator mpv Indicates a public view gbv Indicates a group view 2 Click Public Views or Group Views 3 Click the public or group view you want to view Procedure How to Log On to a Personalized View of Dashboard 1 From a Dashboard public view click Login or enter the following URL in your Web browser http hostname port wf_context_root bid login where hostname port Is the host name and optional port number specified only if you are not using the default port number where the WebFOCUS Web application is deployed wf_context_root Is the site customized context root for the WebFOCUS Web application deployed on your Application Server The default value is ibi_apps 2 Enter a valid Managed Reporting user ID and password 3 Click Submit Your personalized view of Dashboard opens Procedure How to Change Your Password 1 On the Dashboard logon page click Change Password 24 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard The Password Change d
289. t fields PRODCAT Store Name and Manufacturing Plant and three numeric measures Quantity Our Cost and Price displayed as horizontal bar charts for quick comparison CD Players E cuantity Camcorders Cameras our cost lt 9 Q Q oc a Digital Tape Recorders PDA Devices Price 0 20K 40K 60K 80K 100K 120K 140K 160K 180K 0 PAGE 1 Store Manufacturing Our BName BP tant EPRODCAT l Quantity 2 Cost Sl Price You can request a graph from an OLAP report from the Selections pane or from the Control Panel From an OLAP report you can create a vertical bar chart to represent the data ina selected measure From the Selections pane or the Control Panel you can create seven different types of graphs and apply them to one or more measures Vertical Bar This is the default graph type Vertical Line Vertical Area Horizontal Bar Horizontal Line Horizontal Area C O O O O O O Pie WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 217 Displaying Graphs and Reports Reference 218 If you choose to graph more than one measure you can employ different graph types to suit the data in each column with the following restrictions When you select Vertical or Horizontal Bar Line or Area as the controlling graph style for a measure you can apply any combination of these styles to other measures For example the first measure can appear as bars the second measure
290. t the Security tab and click the Custom Level button Set each of the following security settings to Prompt or Enable 4 Download signed ActiveX controls Download unsigned ActiveX controls J Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe Note PowerPoint MS Office output option is only supported with an Internet Explorer browser Firefox and other browser types are not supported Running Deferred Reports How to Run a Deferred Report A deferred report is a report that you can run as a background task while continuing other work You can view information about a deferred report in the Deferred Report Status interface window The window indicates the time the report was submitted and whether the report was completed and provides Delete View Save and Parameters options For additional information on deferred reports see Using the Deferred Report Status Interface on page 111 68 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Any output from a deferred report can be saved When you save output from a deferred report it will be saved in the My Reports folder of the respective domain If the domain of the deferred report is restricted not to allow the creation of My Reports select another domain from the Save in drop down menu in the Save dialog If there are no domains listed contact your Managed Reporting Administrator to obtain authorization to save My Reports to a domain Note When accessing a public view of Dashboard the de
291. te You can also find and replace text and specify case Changes you make to source code in the text editor are immediately reflected in the graphical tools WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 297 Creating Procedures With the Text Editor This chapter contains information about the capabilities of the text editor when working in the applet For details about using the text editor in Developer Studio see Editing Application Components as Text in Developer Studio in the Creating Reporting Applications With Developer Studio manual Text Editor The text editor facility includes 4 The editor window where you enter code as shown in the following image Graphing Options File Edit Help GRAPH FILE CAR SUM SALES RETAIL COST ACROSS CAR ON GRAPH SET LOOKGRAPH CUSTOM setTextFormatPreset getYlLabel 1 setTextFormatPattern getYlLabel setRect getLegenddrea new Rectangle 23 2488 27302 3544 ENDSTYLE END 298 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting 4 The editor toolbar which contains File Edit and Help menus with their options as shown in the following image Edit Help Run Save Save As Exit Reference File Menu Help Cut Copy Paste Select All Upper Case Selection Lower Case Selection Upper Case ALL Fixed Font Proportional Font Find Find Again F3 Replace The File menu options are About Editor
292. te view save stop or review parameters for deferred requests submitted with an identical WebFOCUS Reporting Server user ID Caution Sharing Managed Reporting user IDs is not recommended For more information see Considerations When Logging On to Dashboard on page 23 The options available in the Deferred Report Status Interface are based upon the status of the report request and security validation You can perform various functions by clicking the buttons under Options 4 Delete Available for all report status types The Delete option deletes the deferred request according to the report status as follows Queued When a deferred request is listed in the Queued tab the Delete option removes the deferred report from the WebFOCUS Reporting Server and deletes the deferred request ticket from the WebFOCUS Repository Unknown When a deferred request is listed in the Unknown tab the Delete option deletes the deferred request ticket from the WebFOCUS Repository Completed When a deferred request is listed in the Completed tab the Delete option removes the report from the window deletes the deferred report results from the WebFOCUS Reporting Server and deletes the deferred request ticket from the WebFOCUS Repository 4 Running When a deferred request is listed in the Running tab the Delete option deletes the deferred request ticket from the WebFOCUS Repository and cancels the job on the WebFOCUS Reporting Server Note The
293. ter O and the number zero O Find Use to find a text string Click Find to open the window The following image shows a text box with the Find What label and an Ignore Case check box After text is typed three buttons are enabled Next Previous and Cancel CE x Find What Next Previous dii Cancel MV Ignore Case Warning Applet Window Find Again F3 Use the function key F3 to find your text string again WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting Reference WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 4 Replace Use to find a text string typed in the Find What text box and replace it with another text string typed in the Replace With text box You can choose to Replace all instances of the Find What text by selecting the Replace All check box Two check boxes located below the Replace With text box are labeled Ignore Case and Replace All After text is typed three buttons are enabled Next Previous and Cancel Find Find What wooo Next Previous Replace With MITH Cancel I Ignore Case Il Replace All Warning Applet Window If you select the Ignore Case check box the text editor will find your text string regardless of case If you do not select the Ignore Case check box you must enter your text string using the exact case that you want to find You can search and replace forward and backward using the Next and Previous buttons respectively You can includ
294. tes 05 1 2 Hours 06 2 3 Hours 08 4 8 Hours 09 8 24 Hours 10 24 48 Hours Centrex Resale 01 0 15 Minutes 02 16 30 Minutes 03 31 45 Minutes 04 46 60 Minutes 05 1 2 Hours 06 2 3 Hours 07 3 4 Hours 08 4 8 Hours 09 8 24 Hours 10 24 48 Hours Complex Resale 01 0 15 Minutes Run on March 1 1989 You can navigate back to the Mobile Favorites launch page to view additional report items Mobile Favorites Considerations m m Mobile Favorites functionality is supported for most mobile devices with browser capabilities Browser settings on a mobile device should be set to support JavaScript HTML tables and CSS style sheets Parameter Prompting reports using static WHERE statements active reports and reports in HTML format are best suited for viewing on a mobile device Additionally output that is not web based such as PDF and Excel formats can be viewed on some mobile devices and may require specific apps to view that content WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard The SMTP server used to send e mails containing a link to your Mobile Favorites page is specified by the WF_EMAIL_SERVER setting in the Client Settings General panel in the Configuration area of the WebFOCUS Administration Console The setting can also be specified in the ibi WebFOCUS7 7 client wfc etc cgivars wfs file Customizing a Mobile Favorites Page Customizations can be made to Mobile Favorites pages However this requires
295. that appears The Content window opens 2 From the Content window click 4 Add Page to add a page that contains content blocks 4 Add Library Page to add a page that contains the Report Library user interface You can also add the Watch List interface after adding a library page 4 Add Schedules Page to add a page that contains the ReportCaster user interface 4 Add Deferred Status Page to add a page that contains the Deferred Status user interface Note You will not be able to view Library or Schedule pages if you do not have access to ReportCaster or the Report Library Enter the tab name in the Page Description text box Click Update When a page is added it is added as the last page You can rearrange the order of the content pages using the Move Left Move Right or Set Default buttons The Set Default button promotes the current page to the first page Note When creating a content page wait until all page items appear before using the buttons on the page If an error occurs due to premature use of the buttons refresh the page using your browser Refresh button Publishing Reports to Content Pages in Dashboard The Publish option provides a single step method to add a report to a launch block within a content page in Dashboard This option is available to users with the ability to personalize the view The Publish option is only available for Standard Reports and My Reports when you right click a report in the Dashbo
296. the higher field above the lower one In each case the cursor changes to a plus sign to indicate acceptable places into which you can drop the field Unacceptable positions are shown by a circle with a slash across the center Example Repositioning Sort Fields in an OLAP Report The following is an example of repositioning sort fields in an OLAP report 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 2 Click the top half of the diamond button next to Quantity to sort values from high to low WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 173 Sorting Data The dimension values adjust accordingly The report now shows the Quantity values from high to low but according to the QUARTER sort order as shown in the following image B QUARTER W StoreName PRODTYPE 4 Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold Q2 eMart Digital 115 102 24 971 512 00 Q2 Audio Expert Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 Qt eMart Digital 108 221 24 990 368 00 at Audio Expert Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 You would like to change the sort order in the report making Store Name the first sort field followed by PRODTYPE and QUARTER 3 Drag QUARTER after PRODTYPE The cursor changes to a plus sign to indicate acceptable places into which you can drop the field The report changes immediately as shown in the following image with the Store Name being the first sort order StoreName PRODTYPE QUARTER 4 Quantity amp L
297. the WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Developer s Manual WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 311 Filtering Data Reference Considerations When Using INCLUDE With ReportCaster ReportCaster does not support the scheduling of procedures that return multiple reports ReportCaster can only accept a single answer set You cannot use procedures with INCLUDE syntax However you can use StyleSheet sty Cascading StyleSheet css or GIF gif files with INCLUDE in a procedure that will be scheduled using ReportCaster For example the following procedure will return a report displaying the GIF image cars gif issued with the INCLUDE parameter TABLE FILE CAR PRINT CAR BY COUNTRY END INCLUDE cars gif Note If you need multiple reports within a single document Information Builders recommends using the Compound Report feature Filtering Data In this section Simple Filtering Criteria Complex Filtering Criteria Filters enable you to determine the data you want to display in a report without creating selection criteria You can select predefined filters to limit data Data must match the filtering criteria to be included in your report You can select one or more filters from the same filtering group to create a simple filtering expression You can also select multiple filters from multiple filtering groups to create complex filtering expressions The Filters tab is divided into two sections the
298. the following reporting tools m C C O O InfoAssist to create a report or chart using InfoAssist Power Painter to create a report graph or page layout using Power Painter Report Assistant to create a report using Report Assistant Graph Assistant to create a graph using Graph Assistant Editor to create a report or graph using the Dashboard text editor Note The reporting tools available depend upon the WebFOCUS Client license key configuration and the Dashboard configuration set by your Managed Reporting Administrator If you have selected InfoAssist Power Painter Report Assistant or Graph Assistant you will be prompted to select a data source from which you want to report then click OK to continue The selected tool opens 3 Design and then save your Custom Report The report is saved in a subfolder within the My Reports folder For details on using m C O O O InfoAssist see the InfoAssist User s Manual Power Painter see the Creating Compound Reports With Power Painter manual Report Assistant see the Creating Reports With Report Assistant manual Graph Assistant see the Creating Charts With Graph Tools manual Editor see Dashboard Text Editor on page 44 WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Procedure How to Copy or Move a Custom Report in Dashboard 1 In the Domain Tree expand the My Reports folder then expand the Custom Reports folder Right click the existing report that you want to c
299. the modifications you just made WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 71 Viewing Content Blocks Setting Automatic Refresh for a Content Block Procedure 72 How to Set Automatic Refresh for a Content Block After an administrator enables automatic block refresh functionality for a content block a Refresh check box and refresh time interval field are displayed in the block toolbar You can set automatic refresh functionality to have the data in your content block automatically refreshed at regular intervals The Refresh check box is unselected by default every time you log in to the view The refresh time interval field is populated with the minimum allowable refresh value in seconds by default The refresh value represents the amount of elapsed time between recurring instances of the block being automatically refreshed when the Refresh check box is selected Note Selecting the Refresh check box disables the refresh time interval field which prevents the value from being changed Deselecting the Refresh check box enables the refresh time interval field again How to Set Automatic Refresh for a Content Block 1 You have the option of using the default refresh value displayed in the block toolbar or You can type a value in seconds that is greater than or equal to the default value displayed in the seconds refresh time interval field located to the right of the Refresh check box in the block toolbar Entering a non
300. this tool is available the square icons Ej adjacent to the sort fields By or Across in the report become active You can click a square or the OLAP button to open the Control Panel as shown in the following image For details see OLAP Control Panel on page 146 Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help E WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Pa 2 xi Dimensions Ow O i A G Oe Pere gt Location Address a http localhost 8080 ibi_apps WFServlet gt Time Period gt Product Dimension v Measures w Graph Manufacturing Plant YEAR QUARTER MO S ar E E 7 EEA Product Category Product Name A v F OLAP j hE Drill Across Drill Down Measures Store QUARTER 7 Quantity E QUARTER Name B Product Store Name 7 Line Cost Of Goods Sold at AV VideoTown Analog T rroduct Type Digital Audio Expert Analog Digital City Video Analog gt Digital J Stack Measures Consumer Merchandise Analoq tl J Show Graph Digital Run Save Help _ PSelection Criteria Ty Ci Analog Mimital Bie a eS e WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 143 Three Ways of Working With OLAP Data Three Ways of Working With OLAP Data The Report In this section The Report Selections Pane OLAP Control Panel There are three ways to work with OLAP data from the report itself from the Selections pane and from the Control Panel This documentation is organized to help you understand what you can do
301. ting 121 275 Accessing Managed Reporting cccsccsceecececcececeececeecececueceaucueceaeceeseceseeseseseeseeeesnseeeees 276 Using Domains in Java based Managed Reporting ccccccsececcececeecececuececeseeeceeereeeeees 277 6 WebFOCUS Contents USING the Toobal esinekin paa erne akaiona ai e aE ia aE iaai 278 Running a Reportera ae Rii Eo R EEEE REE iioii 280 Running a Deferred Receipt ReEPort cccccccseccececceeceeceeceececeeeeeuecueceeauseeeseseeseeeas 283 Saving Deferred Receipt REpoOrts ccccceccccececceeeceecececuecececeecececuececeeceseseeseseserees 286 Reviewing Deferred Request ParaMetelS ccccececcececceceeecececeecesucecuseeseeueeraeeeees 287 Sh ring a REPO eeeudecetoeecneeSeceeccexdesacheosscdecaes eceesatede seseesseecesidensuetetescesUeessteecescescdecetsesenek 288 Using the Shared Reports Tab ccccsccsccecsecceececeeceeeeeceeceeaeceeeecueseesasseeseesesensaees 289 Designating a Report AS SHAred cccccceccecececcececeecececeececcueseeueceseeeesesueaeseseesesees 289 Sharing a CUSTOM REPOrt ccc renere a aa E E E a EE E EERE E RERE 291 Creating a Report r Gra pNvecccccsncdccdencseccseodenluhinees deodwbcewowesececdeacueneeseonedcdemeceiGeougdbecdercnene 292 Duration of Custom Reports and My Reports FOIders cccccecceeceeceecececceeeeeeeeaees 297 Creating Procedures With the Text ECitor cccccc
302. ting Dashboard Content Editing a Content Block From the Edit Block window you can edit existing content blocks When you select the edit option the name of the content block and its attributes appear in the Edit Block window You can edit the block type block contents block name scrolling options and several optional features You can also deactivate a content block This is useful when you want to temporarily remove a content block from a Dashboard view When a content block is deactivated it is designated in the Content window with a red icon A green icon designates an active content block Across the top of the Edit Block window is a drop down menu for selecting a domain a Domain Search button and block type option buttons to select either a Launch List Folder Output Tree or Favorites block At the left side of the window is a tree view of the selected domain The right side of the window contains the Content List showing selected items with up and down arrows to the right and Remove and Clear buttons at the bottom Below the Content List is a text box for entering the Block Name and a series of check boxes that are available to enable the following functionality 4 Deactivate Block Lock Block available to administrators only Hide Block Toolbar MS Office output options bw O O Automatic Block Refresh available to administrators only WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 103 Editing a Content Bl
303. ting End User s Manual 33 Using Domain Tree Items 34 The following image shows General properties displayed in the Dashboard Properties dialog box ee Properties Microsoft Internet Explorer General Detail Name Folder Folder Href Domain Domain Href Last Modified On Size Run File Name Created On RegionalSales Standard Reports Alerts alertseQabdj Default Domain untitled untitled htm Tuesday August 19 2006 9 54 56 AM EDT 1246 bytes Immediate app regionalsales fex Tuesday August 19 2008 9 54 56 AM EDT Close WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard The following image shows Detail properties displayed in the Dashboard Properties dialog box Properties Windows Internet Explorer 40l x http biqscm16 ibi com 8080 ibi_apps Controller 1BIMR_domain untitled untitled htmedBIMR_Fe Ka General Detail o editAuto Master Files ACAR o Data Elements CAR BODY DEALER_COST o G Sorts 2 CAR ORIGIN COUNTRY o G Conditions T WHERE CAR COMP CAR EQ amp CAR CAR BG Expressions o Output Format HTML Join Type Close Internet fay 100 7 Loading Domain Tree Folders When a user opens one of the default folders in the Domain Tree Standard Reports Reporting Objects My Reports Shared Reports a request is sent back to Managed Reporting to retrieve subfolders directly under the top level folder As each node of the tree is expanded only that section
304. ton is selected you can rank a specified number of Lowest values Click OK The main Control Panel window reopens Click Run to execute your report Ranking and Restricting the Number of Sort Values The following is an example of ranking and restricting the number of sort values 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 Information for all stores is shown for each quarter You want to see quarterly information for only the first two stores in alphabetical order low to high Click the square icon next to QUARTER to open the Control Panel notice that the original report is open at the left Choose Store Name in the Drill Down pane and click the Sort button The sort pane opens WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 171 Sorting Data The following image shows these three selections on the OLAP Control Panel g WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Webpage Dialog Dimensions Click a Box to Add Location gt Time Period E YEAR Values QUARTER Values MONTH Values Product Dimension i Limit Output Limit E a g High to Low I Hide I Rank 1 2 3 You could sort data by highest or lowest You can also rank data by highest You can limit the number of records to display per report You can also hide a sort field and unhide it bP Ok jr Cancel j gt Run bh Save gt Help j PSelection Criteria J a Accept the default sort order Low to High b Click the Lim
305. top selection box and the bottom filtering criteria box The selection box displays the filter groups in boldface type and the filters they contain The filtering criteria box displays the filters that you select See Simple Filtering Criteria on page 312 and Complex Filtering Criteria on page 313 for information on the types of filtering criteria you can create and how the criteria limits data Simple Filtering Criteria Simple filtering criteria consist of one or more filters from the same filter group If you select only one filter the data must match that filter to be included in the report If you select multiple filters from the same filter group data must match at least one filter to be included in the report 312 WebFOCUS A Using Java Applet Managed Reporting The following image shows the Filters window containing the Regional Product Sales folder where a product and a region can be chosen for filter selection a Regional Product Sales A Choose a Product Y Gifts YT Coffee Pad Ed Choose a Region 0K Cancel A West iW Midwest T Northeast i Southeast Add Remove Help PILE Each row of the report must match the following filtering criteria Gifts or Food For example if you select the Gifts and Food filters from the Choose a Product filter group data would only have to match one of the filters for WebFOCUS to include it in the report Therefore any Product sold that is in either the Gifts
306. trator Reporting Objects are the information sources that you report from 2 Choose a reporting tool After you select the data source you must choose a reporting tool a Choose Report Assistant to create basic reports quickly and easily You must specify a minimum of one field in order for Report Assistant to save the report b Choose Graph Assistant to create graphs and charts in a wide range of colors and styles You must choose a field for both the X and Y axis in order for Graph Assistant to save the report Procedure How to Choose a Reporting Object From the Reporting Objects tab select a Reporting Object from the list window or 4 From the My Reports tab click New and select a Reporting Object from the list window Procedure How to Choose Your Reporting Tool To open Report Assistant click Report Assistant 4 To open Graph Assistant click Graph Assistant The chosen tool opens and you are ready to create a report or graph For more information on using Report Assistant click Help or see the Creating Reports With Report Assistant manual Example Using a Reporting Object The following example assumes you create a report with Report Assistant You can also select Graph Assistant to create a graph For more information on using Graph Assistant see the Creating Charts With Graph Tools manual 1 Open the Regional Sales Domain 2 Select the Reporting Objects tab WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual
307. trator has set up See How to Log On to a Personalized View of Dashboard on page 24 Library Only The Library Only view is accessible to users with a valid Managed Reporting user ID and password who have been assigned the Library Only User role From this view you can view content stored in the Report Library See Library Only User Logon on page 25 The first time you log on to Dashboard you inherit the look and content of the Dashboard view that you log on from This happens only the first time you log on each time you log on after that Dashboard will look the same For example if you log on for the first time from a m m m Public View you inherit the look and the content from that Public view Group View you inherit the look and content from that Group View Login Page you inherit the look and content from the General Public View For more information on view inheritance see Managing Dashboard in the WebFOCUS Managed Reporting Administrator s Manual WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Reference Considerations When Logging On to Dashboard When you log on to Dashboard you are prompted to enter your Managed Reporting user ID and password Your administrator may have set up your environment so that you are also prompted for a WebFOCUS server user ID and password Multiple logons for a single user are available using the Dashboard main logon page and View Builder The URL for accessing the Dashboard logon page
308. trol Panel Web Page Dialog aax Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Location gt Time Period YEAR Values E QUARTER Values E MONTH Values Product Dimension EN Quantity M Sort Measure Calculations High to Low None z Low to High al Rank 15 2 dived Highest 5 gt Ok lt Cancel j gt Run j F Save h Help j Selection Criteria 164 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 4 If not already selected click the Sort check pane High to low sorting is selected by default 5 Click the Rank check pane Because the report is being sorted from high to low you can indicate the number of values you wish to see beginning with the highest 6 Specify Highest 4 7 Click OK The main Control Panel window appears In the Measures pane the Quantity measure is blue to indicate that sorting specifications have been defined 8 Click the Run button at the bottom of the Control Panel As shown in the following image the report now shows Quantity sorted from high to low with the highest four values appearing B QUARTER StoreName PRODTYPE 4 Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold Q2 eMart Digital 115 102 24 971 512 00 Q2 Audio Expert Digital 111 421 28 064 250 00 at eMart Digital 108 271 24 990 369 00 at Audio Expert Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 Procedure How to Remove Sorting Criteria for a Measure You can remove sorting specifications for a measure whether the measu
309. ts with 313 314 315 folder block items 73 folder blocks 28 93 98 103 changing contents 103 WebFOCUS G Graph Assistant 17 289 292 293 Graph button 224 Graph control 145 216 220 Control panel 216 Selections pane 216 220 Graph Editor 17 Graph pane 224 graph styles 218 224 controlling in OLAP 218 224 graph types horizontal area 218 horizontal bar 218 horizontal line 218 OLAP and 216 218 pie 218 vertical area 218 vertical bar 218 vertical line 218 graphing OLAP reports 144 216 223 graphs 216 218 224 292 302 displaying in OLAP 216 218 224 editing 302 in OLAP 216 group views 22 23 grouping numeric data into tiles 184 186 H Help link 74 help system for Managed Reporting 16 hiding columns in OLAP reports 144 hiding content blocks 106 hiding the toolbar in a content block 107 hierarchies 140 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual Indexi High to Low radio button 162 high to low sort 131 159 160 161 162 166 for dimensions 166 for measures 159 160 161 162 horizontal graphs 218 I index page 23 Internet links folder options 31 J Java based Managed Reporting 275 277 Julian dates 215 L Language link 74 launch blocks 28 93 98 103 105 changing contents 103 105 launch pages 59 coding a FOCEXEC 59 settings in Administration Console 59 layout of content blocks 109 Library content in Dashboard 102 Library Only Users 25 Library Version 31
310. tus window with one completed report and two Queued reports WebFOCUS Information Refresh Sort By Date sj Delete X Help Refresh every seconds min 5 seconds Enable Refresh I Completed Date Time Submitted Domains Description Expires In Options Friday April 29 2005 1 35 37 Acme Filter 29 days Delete view Save Run PM Manufacturing Queued Date Time Submitted Domains Description Options Friday April 29 2005 1 36 03 Acme Graphing Delete PM Manufacturing Options Friday April 29 2005 1 35 50 Acme Cars Delete PM Manufacturing Column headings provide information about the Standard Report including the date and time the Standard Report was submitted the domain of origin a description of the report the report name an expiration indicator and an Options heading for options within the Deferred Report Status Interface WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface When you select the Deferred Status option the status for all the deferred requests submitted by your Managed Reporting user ID is retrieved Depending on how Managed Reporting is configured deferred status may be coming from multiple WebFOCUS Reporting Servers on various platforms If credentials are required for the connections you are prompted by the WebFOCUS Dynamic Server System Signon feature You can view the status of all the deferred requests submitted by your Managed Reporting user ID but can only dele
311. ty QUARTER MONTH Product Type V Line Cost Of Goods Sold v Product Category Product Name all Jy Eall lly e OLAP P Run P Reset P Save _ Help J Store E QUARTER Name Product Type Quantity Q1 AV VideoTown Analog Digital Audio Expert Analo Digital City Video Analog Digital Consumer Merchandise Analo Digital 7 Run the report again The output now looks as it originally did Procedure How to Display or Hide a Measure From the Control Panel 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Inthe Measures pane click the check pane next to a measure to display or hide it The check pane toggles through three positions 4 To hide the measure click the check pane until it is blank 4 To expose a hidden measure click the check pane until you see a check mark Tip You can use the same check pane to display a column of data visualization bar graphs for numeric measures This setting is represented as a graph in the check pane For details see Visualizing Trends on page 215 3 Click Run to execute your report WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 237 Adding and Removing Dimensions Adding and Removing Dimensions Procedure Example 238 How to Add a Dimension Element From the Control Panel Delete a Dimension Element From the Report Delete a Dimension Element From the Control Panel Since all of the values in a dimensions hierarchy are available in an OLAP report
312. tyle Sheets WebFOCUS 2 Using Dashboard Procedure How to Change Your Browser Colors 1 5 6 From the Tools menu in Internet Explorer select Internet Options The Internet Options dialog box opens Click the General tab Click Colors The Colors dialog box opens Click the Use Windows colors check box or Deselect the Use Windows colors check box and select black for the text color and white for the background color Click OK to clear the Colors dialog box Click OK to clear the Internet Options dialog box Procedure How to Change Your Browser Font 1 oe fF 2 PB From the Tools menu in Internet Explorer select Internet Options The Internet Options dialog box opens Click the General tab Click Fonts The Fonts dialog box opens Select Arial for the Web page font Click OK to clear the Fonts dialog box Click OK to clear the Internet Options dialog box Procedure How to Change the Text Size in Your Browser 1 2 From the View menu in Internet Explorer select Text size From the pop up menu select Medium Procedure How to Override Web Page Formatting and Style Sheets 1 From the Tools menu in Internet Explorer select Internet Options The Internet Options dialog box opens Click the General tab Click Accessibility The Accessibility dialog box opens Deselect all of the options WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 27 Personalizing Your Dashboard Click OK to
313. ueued The Parameters option allows you to review or change report variables Changing report variables generates a new report that does not overwrite the original request Note Deferred reports run from within any report development tool do not have an option to view or change amper variable parameter values in the Deferred Status Interface window Under certain circumstances WebFOCUS is unable to submit the request to run in deferred mode This can occur for example when the WebFOCUS Reporting Server is unavailable When WebFOCUS is unable to submit a deferred request a Deferred Receipt Notification window opens notifying you of the failure WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface Deferred Report Expiration Setting The number of days until expiration appears next to each report On the last day the value Today appears The following image shows the results of a deferred status request run on the afternoon of Friday April 29 The current date appears in the status bar at the top of the page Each report is listed with the time remaining before it is deleted from the WebFOCUS Reporting Server The time remaining is based on 24 hour intervals rather than whole days beginning with the time that the report was submitted For example the last report shown on the list will be deleted shortly after 1 10 pm on April 30 not at midnight on April 29 s Information Z WebFOCUS Builders Refresh Sort By Date g
314. ult for a dimension 5 Click OK The main Control Panel window reopens 6 Click Run to execute the report Example _ Inverting the Sort Order of a Dimension The following is an example of inverting the sort order of a dimension 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP4 In the report the values of both sort fields Continent and Region are sorted from low to high A to Z as shown in the following image v Measures w Graph Continent Region Country alk Jiz l faik z Risk Factor RISK_CLASS E z v z e orap Pe Run r_ Reset PF Save Help Region CENTRAL AMERICA EASTERN EUROPE FAR EAST E Continent Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance CANADA_DOLLAR Balance AMERICAS 40 200 667 56 280 934 ASIA EUROPE 421 977 597 170 768 636 202 660 842 2 To sort the report in reverse alphabetical order click the OLAP button on the band below the Selections pane to open the Control Panel 3 Select Continent in the Drill Down pane and click the Sort _ button The sort pane opens WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 167 Sorting Data 4 Under Sort Order choose the High to Low options button as shown in the following image on the OLAP Control Panel Z WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog 2 x Dimensions Click a Box to Add gt Geographic Area E Continent Values E Region Values a Country Values gt Risk Continent Sort Tiles Sort Order Limit Out
315. ure s you wish to graph The graph icon corresponding to the controlling graph style appears next to each selected measure 7 Click the icon next to a measure to choose a different graph style from the supported combinations as shown in the following image WebFOCUS OLAP Control Panel Web Page Dialog Dimensions gt Geographic Area gt Risk Measures And GraphStyle lal JV Balance anl V CANADA DOLLAR Graph Style wel amp amp lael elle gt Run j F Save Ph Help j gt Ok Cancel j 8 Click OK to return to the main Control Panel window with all the graph settings retained 9 Click Run to display the graph s and the tabular report in a split window WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 225 Controlling the Display of Measures in a Report Note m If you select the Show Graph check pane and click Run without selecting a controlling graph style the default style Vertical Bar is applied If you click Run without selecting the Show Graph check pane a tabular report appears without a graph If you select at least one measure in the Measures and GraphStyle pane without selecting the Show Graph check pane when you click OK the system automatically selects the Show Graph check pane The tabular report appears with a graph You cannot choose to graph alphanumeric or date fields If there are no numeric measures the Show Graph check pane and the Graph button are disabled grayed out
316. ut fields in each dimension In this example Quantity and Line of Sold Goods provide data about products at particular stores during particular time periods 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 Notice that quantity of sales for all digital products at AV VideoTown in the first quarter of the year is 22 206 You want to find out how much each digital product contributed to the total quantity 2 Click 22 206 under Quantity as shown in the following image T quarter Tl Store Name Q1 AY VideoTown nalo Digital Audio Expert nalo igita City Video nalo igital Consumer Merchandise Analo igita Ty Ci nalo igital Web Sales nalo igita eMart nalo igita AV VideoTown nalo zj PRODTYPE 43 Quantity 3 Line Cost Of Goods Sold 18 449 3 969 296 00 5 109 400 00 16 467 146 00 25 092 678 00 1 315 016 00 1 607 513 00 1 542 036 00 3 251 090 00 io jN io e SY cn co ow wo eK we oO je jon joo feo joo joo je Im lo Im IN e ko F fai Co io 3 772 119 00 10 128 967 00 124 366 00 an Fa an co im co 190 201 00 21 152 262 00 24 990 368 00 2 663 655 00 f a jo jo joo S m i e o m N i ie WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report As shown in the following image the report now shows total quantity for digital products sold at AV VideoTown broken out by month product category and product name Notice that Store Name no longer appears Since it is the lo
317. utton again Procedure How to Remove Bar Graphs Using the Selections Pane or Control Panel Example 258 1 From the Measures drop down list in the OLAP selections pane or the Measures box in the OLAP Control Panel click the check box for any measure to which you have applied data visualization bar graphs This removes the Graph icon and displays a blank check box indicating that the measure will not appear in the report output when you run the report To display the measure click the same check box again A check mark appears in the box Click Run to display the new report output where the measure appears without its associated bar graph Applying Data Visualization Bar Graphs to Measures Using the Selections Pane Suppose that you want to associate data visualization bar graphs with the Profit column in the following report in order to represent visually the differences between the Costs for and the Prices of your various Products WebFOCUS 6 Visualizing Trends in Reports You have created the following OLAP report as shown in the following image which displays the report data by Product Name L STORE a x PRODTYPE Ear x LzLnecsuree _v crapn L PLANT L STATE a j a xi L YEAR QUARTER MONTH E y a j a xl PRODCAT PRODNAME E j a xi PAGE 1 Product Our BName Bl Cost 2 Price S Profit 110 VHS C Camcorder 20 X 744 759 00
318. veloper Studio you can set drill down options from the Report Options Features tab For details about this setting see Setting OLAP Reporting Options on page 138 Drilling Down on Dimensions in a Report This report you are about to run uses data from a hierarchy that contains three dimensions each of which has three elements The report is sorted by the specified field from each dimension The following table outlines three dimensions Time Period Location and Product Dimension to which each contains three elements Time Period Location Product Dimension Year Manufacturing Plant PRODTYPE The report will show data at different levels in each dimension Quarter is down one level in its dimension Store Name is at the lowest level in its dimension PRODTYPE is the top level in its dimension This determines how much farther you can drill down within each dimension If you drill down on a value of Quarter the report shows information broken down by Month within that Quarter The Quarter column itself will no longer appear 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 In this quarterly report drill down hyperlinks are active for both dimensions and measures WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report 2 Click Qi in the quarterly report shown in the following image to see a monthly report Line Store Cost Of QUARTER F Name Product Type Quantity Goods Sold AY VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22 206 5
319. very Day Typical Web QuUEL ccccccceceecececeeceeeceecececeeceeaeaeseeeeseseeseseseesnsees 128 Running OLAP Examples ccccececeececeecececeeceeeeeceeaeaeseeeeceseeseseseeaueeserseeeeesseseees 129 OLAP Reporting REQuire Ment ccccceceecececceceeeeeeceeceauceecececuecececeececeseeseeeeseseseesesesenses 136 OLAP Enablin8 Dataiicts osdecaec Siecsdcee pdea nri ls hic usdende a Jb lucas a a E EEE E EEE E 137 OLAP Enabling a Reportin niaranra eara aa ar aaaea E AE Eaa EROE RERE EREE 137 OLAP TerminOlO gy oiccen seeecaeiwenesbowecchises lead saddaed aa S a E aaea ai eaaa iE 140 Characteristics of an OLAP REPOMt cccccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecececsececeeaeeeeeeauseceugeseeeeseneeaneas 141 Three Ways of Working With OLAP Dat cccccecceceeeeeceeceeeceesecuceecececeeseceseeseseeenseseees 144 TAG RE DOM seeto a a a oi btebecvsdastacdavdseaeerokeckosi teedoskenooucrtents 144 Selections PANG esiisa aaa deca aeaa E daia A seed da ane eagend 144 OLAP Control Panel rnein r aa a A RA a a E 146 Drilling Down On Dimensions and ME SUSES ccccececceceeeeeeceeeececuecececuececeseeseseeenseeeees 147 WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 5 Contents Sorting Datars 2s cocdecewestycbncesvedeadteeteie dd riea e ae ende kep Eer videbateodenuti cog edeende ede de eiaeia 159 Sorting MeasUle S eripere pii repanse es ie aanp aE Eeoa R di pE oaea Eea Raa EEROR 159 Sorting DIMENSIONS 2 svi feces pepr eean
320. west level of the Location dimension there is no lower level of detail Si MONTH Bipropcat gq Product Name Zz Quantity E Line Cost Of Goods Sold 01 DYD Combo Player 4 Hd VCR DVD 147 42 483 00 DVD Upgrade Unit for Cent VCR 147 20 433 00 Digital Tape Recorders R5 Micro Digital Tape Recorder 566 39 054 00 PDA Devices ZT Digital PDA Commercial 566 197 634 00 02 CD Players QX Portable CD Player 2 161 213 939 00 Camcorders 650DL Digital Camcorder 150 X 545 386 950 00 DVD Combo Player 4 Hd VCR DVD 624 180 336 00 DYD Upgrade Unit for Cent VCR 621 86 319 00 Digital Tape Recorders R5 Micro Digital Tape Recorder 2 815 194 235 00 PDA Devices ZC Digital PDA Standard 1 465 364 785 00 ZT Digital PDA Commercial 2 592 904 608 00 03 CD Players QX Portable CD Player 538 53 262 00 Camcorders 650DL Digital Camcorder 150 X 1 101 781 710 00 DYD Combo Player 4 Hd VCR DVD 1 063 307 207 00 DVD Upgrade Unit for Cent VCR 589 81 871 00 Since all relevant information is now visible no further drill downs are possible and the measure is no longer represented as a hyperlink Next verify this behavior at another level in the hierarchy 3 Click the Back button in your browser to return to the original report 4 Click Q1 to see the monthly breakdown for that quarter 5 Click AV VideoTown You are now looking at types of products sold quantity sold and line cost of goods sold at AV VideoTown 6 Drill down on 1 426
321. x If there are no domains listed contact your Managed Reporting Administrator to obtain authorization to save My Reports to a domain Note There is no limit to the number of characters in the label legend of a graph but long labels may appear truncated WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 249 Saving and Displaying OLAP Reports and Graphs in Other Formats 250 WebFOCUS WebFOCUS Visualizing Trends in Reports To make your HTML reports more powerful you can insert visual representations of selected data directly J Applying Bar Graphs into the report output These visual representations are in the form of vertical Associating Bar Graphs With Measures or horizontal bar graphs that make relationships and trends among data more obvious Topics WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 251 Applying Bar Graphs Applying Bar Graphs Vertical or horizontal bar graphs highlight relationships and trends among data 4 Vertical Bar Graph You can apply a vertical bar graph to report columns associated with an ACROSS sort field The report output displays a vertical bar graph in a new row above the associated data values as shown in the following image Region Midwest Northeast Southeast Wrest Difference Difference Difference Difference Dollar Sales from Budget Dollar Sales from Budget Dollar Sales from Budget Dollar Sales from Budget 11 400 665 00 11 392 310 00 11 710 379 00 Jp 11 652 9570
322. xample of creating a pie chart from the Selections pane 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP2 The report shows order information for stores that sell electronic products from Century Corporation Audio Expert shows the highest numbers with orders of digital products significantly exceeding analog You want a clearer picture of how the digital orders breakdown by product so you decide to create a pie chart WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User s Manual 221 Displaying Graphs and Reports 222 in the following image 2 Click Digital for Audio Expert in Q2 to hone in on the data you want to graph as shown Audio Expert City Video Consumer TY Ci Web Sales eMart Audio Expert The report now shows the Quantity and Line Cost of Goods sold for several digital Merchandise Q2 AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 Digital 22 206 Analog 78 449 Digital 105 983 Analog 6 287 Digital 7 196 Analog 6 980 Digital 14 957 Analog 19 077 Digital 41 307 Analog 545 Digital 829 Analog 97 128 Digital 108 221 Analog 11 781 Digital 27 377 Analog 57 944 111 421 E QUARTER j Store Name Ej PRODTYPE a Quantity 4 Line Cost Of Goods Sold Q1 AY VideoTown 3 969 296 00 5 109 400 00 16 467 146 00 25 092 678 00 1 315 015 00 1 607 513 00 1 542 036 00 3 251 090 00 3 772 119 00 10 128 967 00 124 366 00 190 201 00 21 152 262 00 24 990 368 00 2 663 655 00 5 928 507 00 11 868 758 00 28 064 250 00 products s
323. y selecting the Deferred Status icon in the toolbar Dashboard by selecting the banner link Utilities then Deferred Report Status WebFOCUS 4 Using the Deferred Report Status Interface Deferred Report Status Interface Features In this section Sort Controls for the Deferred Report Status Interface Deferred Report Status Deferred Report Expiration Setting Saved Deferred Output Subject to Temporary Expiration Special Behavior for Sorting by WebFOCUS Reporting Server User ID Setting the Automatic Refresh Interval Viewing Deferred Reports Reviewing Deferred Report Parameters Saving Deferred Reports Deleting Tickets for All Report Status Types Deferred Status Delete Confirmation Messages The Deferred Report Status Interface includes A banner at the top of the window that lists the date and time of the request 4 A gray toolbar below the banner that contains Refresh and Help options a Sort By drop down list to select sort values a sort order button to toggle between ascending and descending order and a Delete drop down list The Delete drop down list has options to delete All All Completed All Running All Queued All Expired or All Unknown reports depending on which report status types exist in the Interface 4 The status of each report within the Interface Sort Controls for the Deferred Report Status Interface The sorting feature pertains to the entire report When the default sort value Date Time Submitted
324. you can add dimensions to the OLAP report at any time without returning to the original report request You can add dimensions from J An OLAP report The Control Panel How to Add a Dimension Element From the Control Panel 1 2 Open the Control Panel Select a report layout pane Drill Down or Drill Across to indicate how you want the new sort dimension to be used in the report Expand a dimension in the Dimensions pane at the top of the window then click the dimension element you want to add to the designated layout pane The new dimension is added to the bottom of the list If you wish to change the position of the new sort field click the up arrow to reposition it Click Run to execute your report with the new settings Adding a Dimension Element From the Control Panel The following is an example of adding a dimension element from the Control Panel 1 Run the Standard Report REP2 WebFOCUS 5 Analyzing Data in an OLAP Report Initially the report is sorted by quarter store and product type as shown in the following image BJQUARTER Store Name BJPRODTYPE amp Quantity amp Line Cost Of Goods Sold a1 AV VideoTown Analog 18 449 3 969 296 00 Digital 22 206 5 109 400 00 Audio Expert Analog 78 449 16 467 146 00 Digital 105 983 25 092 678 00 City Video Analog 6 287 1 315 015 00 Digital 7 196 1 607 513 00 Consumer Merchandise Analog 6 980 1 542 036 00 Digital 14 957 3 251 090
325. yzing Data in an OLAP Report Running OLAP Examples You can run all of the examples in this chapter using several OLAP enabled Standard Reports If the reports are not already available in your sample repository ask your Managed Reporting administrator to provide them for your use There are 9 reports named olaprep1 fex through olaprep9 fex and are located in the ibinccen directory If you have installed a non English version of the ibincc directory you will need to install the English version ibinccen in order to access these files Each example indicates which Standard Report to run After the report appears in your browser you can perform the analytic task shown or pursue your own line of inquiry Suppose that you are an analyst for the fictional Century Corporation which manufactures electronics equipment You need to determine which of the stores that sells your products had the highest sales in 2002 and whether there is a pattern in sales periods and or best selling products that should be considered when planning manufacturing schedules and parts inventories You have created a base report that shows sales data only for 2002 You have also OLAP enabled the report to permit quick analysis of the data 1 Run the Standard Report OLAPREP1 Before you begin your analysis the OLAP report looks like the following image Drag Quarter 3j QUARTER z Store Name gq PRODTYPE l quantity 2l Line Cost Of Goods Sold

WebFOCUS Managed Reporting End User`s Manual Version 7

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents